EP3286008B1 - Printing machine having at least one printing assembly and at least one dryer unit and a method for operating a printing machine - Google Patents

Printing machine having at least one printing assembly and at least one dryer unit and a method for operating a printing machine Download PDF

Info

Publication number
EP3286008B1
EP3286008B1 EP16712013.8A EP16712013A EP3286008B1 EP 3286008 B1 EP3286008 B1 EP 3286008B1 EP 16712013 A EP16712013 A EP 16712013A EP 3286008 B1 EP3286008 B1 EP 3286008B1
Authority
EP
European Patent Office
Prior art keywords
printing
transport path
dryer
output device
energy output
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Active
Application number
EP16712013.8A
Other languages
German (de)
French (fr)
Other versions
EP3286008A1 (en
Inventor
Christoph HÄCKER
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Koenig and Bauer AG
Original Assignee
Koenig and Bauer AG
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Koenig and Bauer AG filed Critical Koenig and Bauer AG
Priority to EP19178337.2A priority Critical patent/EP3569418B1/en
Publication of EP3286008A1 publication Critical patent/EP3286008A1/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of EP3286008B1 publication Critical patent/EP3286008B1/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J11/00Devices or arrangements  of selective printing mechanisms, e.g. ink-jet printers or thermal printers, for supporting or handling copy material in sheet or web form
    • B41J11/0015Devices or arrangements  of selective printing mechanisms, e.g. ink-jet printers or thermal printers, for supporting or handling copy material in sheet or web form for treating before, during or after printing or for uniform coating or laminating the copy material before or after printing
    • B41J11/002Curing or drying the ink on the copy materials, e.g. by heating or irradiating
    • B41J11/0021Curing or drying the ink on the copy materials, e.g. by heating or irradiating using irradiation
    • B41J11/00218Constructional details of the irradiation means, e.g. radiation source attached to reciprocating print head assembly or shutter means provided on the radiation source
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J11/00Devices or arrangements  of selective printing mechanisms, e.g. ink-jet printers or thermal printers, for supporting or handling copy material in sheet or web form
    • B41J11/0015Devices or arrangements  of selective printing mechanisms, e.g. ink-jet printers or thermal printers, for supporting or handling copy material in sheet or web form for treating before, during or after printing or for uniform coating or laminating the copy material before or after printing
    • B41J11/002Curing or drying the ink on the copy materials, e.g. by heating or irradiating
    • B41J11/0021Curing or drying the ink on the copy materials, e.g. by heating or irradiating using irradiation
    • B41J11/00214Curing or drying the ink on the copy materials, e.g. by heating or irradiating using irradiation using UV radiation
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J11/00Devices or arrangements  of selective printing mechanisms, e.g. ink-jet printers or thermal printers, for supporting or handling copy material in sheet or web form
    • B41J11/0015Devices or arrangements  of selective printing mechanisms, e.g. ink-jet printers or thermal printers, for supporting or handling copy material in sheet or web form for treating before, during or after printing or for uniform coating or laminating the copy material before or after printing
    • B41J11/002Curing or drying the ink on the copy materials, e.g. by heating or irradiating
    • B41J11/0021Curing or drying the ink on the copy materials, e.g. by heating or irradiating using irradiation
    • B41J11/00216Curing or drying the ink on the copy materials, e.g. by heating or irradiating using irradiation using infrared [IR] radiation or microwaves
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J15/00Devices or arrangements of selective printing mechanisms, e.g. ink-jet printers or thermal printers, specially adapted for supporting or handling copy material in continuous form, e.g. webs
    • B41J15/04Supporting, feeding, or guiding devices; Mountings for web rolls or spindles
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J15/00Devices or arrangements of selective printing mechanisms, e.g. ink-jet printers or thermal printers, specially adapted for supporting or handling copy material in continuous form, e.g. webs
    • B41J15/04Supporting, feeding, or guiding devices; Mountings for web rolls or spindles
    • B41J15/046Supporting, feeding, or guiding devices; Mountings for web rolls or spindles for the guidance of continuous copy material, e.g. for preventing skewed conveyance of the continuous copy material
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/135Nozzles
    • B41J2/145Arrangement thereof
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41MPRINTING, DUPLICATING, MARKING, OR COPYING PROCESSES; COLOUR PRINTING
    • B41M7/00After-treatment of prints, e.g. heating, irradiating, setting of the ink, protection of the printed stock
    • B41M7/009After-treatment of prints, e.g. heating, irradiating, setting of the ink, protection of the printed stock using thermal means, e.g. infrared radiation, heat

Definitions

  • the invention relates to a printing press with at least one printing unit and at least one dryer unit according to the preamble of claim 1.
  • Non-impact printing processes are printing processes that do not require a fixed, i.e. physically unchangeable printing form. Such printing processes can produce different print images in each printing process. Examples of non-impact printing processes are ionographic processes, magnetographic processes, thermographic processes, electrophotography, laser printing and in particular inkjet printing processes or inkjet printing processes. Such printing methods usually have at least one imaging device, for example at least one printhead.
  • such a printhead is designed, for example, as an inkjet printhead and has at least one and preferably a plurality of nozzles, by means of which at least one printing fluid, for example in the form of ink drops, can be selectively transferred to a printing material.
  • the printing material should be as constant as possible from the image-forming device, on the one hand, in order to be able to coordinate the time of image generation and, on the other hand, to avoid damage to the image-forming device.
  • the printing material deforms, for example waves.
  • waves can increase the risk of Damage to both printheads and the printing substrate can result in poor print quality, for example due to the different flight times of drops of printing fluid.
  • a printing unit which has a plurality of printing heads and fixed guide elements in the area of the printing heads.
  • Printing material that has been provided with a printing fluid is usually dried in a later process.
  • Different devices are known to enable such a drying process.
  • an energy delivery device is arranged that can remove solvents and / or trigger crosslinking reactions. It is known to move the respective energy delivery device, for example for maintenance purposes, from an active position into a different storage position.
  • a printing press with at least one dryer unit is known.
  • the dryer unit has a dryer which can be moved into a maintenance position parallel to a plane occupied by the printing material within the dryer.
  • a printing press with dryer which has hot air nozzles and can be pivoted about a pivot axis in order to be able to carry out maintenance work on a printing unit.
  • the DE 199 03 607 A1 shows a flexographic printing machine with radially adjustable dryer units.
  • the WO 2013/056292 A1 shows a printing press with a dryer which is movable together with a print head, the distance between which is adjustable.
  • the DE 10 2011 076899 A1 shows a printing machine with inkjet printhead, radiation dryer and cooling roller.
  • the invention has for its object to provide a printing press with at least one printing unit and at least one dryer unit.
  • a printing press has at least one printing unit and at least one dryer unit.
  • the at least one dryer unit has at least one first dryer, which is preferably designed as at least one radiation dryer.
  • the at least one first dryer has at least one first preferably controllable and / or regulatable energy delivery device.
  • the at least one first energy output device is designed, for example, as at least one radiation source and / or at least one air supply line.
  • the at least one Radiation source is designed, for example, as an infrared radiation source and / or as a radiation source for ultraviolet light and / or as a radiation source for electromagnetic radiation in the visible range and / or as a radiation source for microwave radiation.
  • the at least one radiation source is preferably at least one controllable and / or regulatable radiation source.
  • the at least one first energy delivery device is preferably designed for the targeted transfer of energy, in particular from the at least one first energy delivery device to a printing material which is arranged and / or can be arranged and / or can be arranged in an active region of the first energy delivery device, preferably at least partially provided with printing fluid.
  • the at least one first energy delivery device is arranged to be movable, in particular relative to one for transporting web-shaped ones Media provided for the transport route.
  • the area of action of the at least one first energy output device preferably intersects a transport path provided for the transport of web-shaped printing material.
  • the at least one dryer is preferably designed as a radiation dryer.
  • the at least one first energy delivery device is arranged to be movable along an adjustment path between at least one action position and at least one shut-off position and more preferably two shut-off positions, in particular with respect to an adjustment direction.
  • the travel path extends over at least 75% of its total distance, preferably over at least 90% of its total distance and more preferably over its entire total distance, continuously in a linear manner and / or counter to an actuating direction.
  • the total distance is the maximum distance that the travel path between two points can be.
  • the at least one first energy delivery device is arranged to be movable along an at least 75%, preferably at least 90%, and more preferably completely linear adjustment path in and / or against an adjustment direction between at least one active position and at least one shut-off position and further preferably two different shut-off positions .
  • the actuating path along its entire distance is preferably linear at least 75%, more preferably at least 90% and even more preferably 100% of this total distance and without any intermediate deviation and at the same time in or against the actuating direction. Deviations from this setting direction are only conceivable at the beginning and / or at the end of the travel.
  • the setting direction preferably deviates from at least one horizontal direction by at most 40 °, more preferably at most 30 °, even more preferably at most 15 ° and even more preferably at most 5 °.
  • the setting direction also deviates from a normal direction by preferably at most 40 °, more preferably at most 30 °, even more preferably at most 15 ° and even more preferably at most 5 °, this Normal direction is a normal direction of an average surface normal of an entire section of a transport path provided for web-shaped printing material that is located in an in particular entire area of influence of the at least one first energy output device.
  • the normal direction of the mean surface normal is determined as an average over all directions of surface normals from tangent planes to all surface elements of the transport path provided for the printing material, which are in the area of action of the at least one first energy output device.
  • the adjustment path is in particular the path along which an at least one geometric center of gravity of the movable component, in particular of the first dryer 301, is moved and / or can be moved.
  • the adjustment path is the path along and / or parallel to which the at least one energy output device 302 is moved and / or can be moved.
  • An advantage is that in this way, by appropriately turning off the energy delivery device, in particular from the transport route provided for the printing material, a space can be created into which an operator can reach and / or an operator can enter, for example by at least to maintain an energy delivery device and / or to obtain access to a section of the transport path of the printing material arranged within the exposure region. Particularly in the case of wide printing material webs, it pays off that the adjustment direction makes a necessary positioning path independent of the width of the printing material web. Another advantage is that a shutdown in the direction of adjustment allows a printing material web to be drawn in through the at least one first dryer, even with a very small adjustment path.
  • this can accelerate a pull-in process because less time is required than if the at least one energy output device would always have to be moved to a relatively far away position.
  • One advantage of an essentially horizontal adjustment direction is that an upright operator has sufficient space available, even with a relatively short adjustment path, in particular independently of the width of the substrate.
  • the printing press is preferably characterized in that at least temporarily and preferably permanently at least one and preferably exactly one, preferably endless, retractable retraction means for retracting a printing material web is arranged within the at least one dryer unit and more preferably also within the at least one printing unit, and / or can be arranged.
  • An arrangement within the dryer unit is to be understood in particular to mean that a projection of the at least one drawing-in means in or against an axial direction or transverse direction intersects an area of action of the at least one energy output device.
  • the axial direction or transverse direction preferably extends parallel to an axis of rotation of at least one printing material guide element of the printing press and in particular of the dryer unit.
  • the printing machine is preferably characterized in that at least parts of the at least one retraction path and more preferably the entire retraction path are at a distance of at least 2 cm in relation to each target area of each nozzle of each printhead of this at least one printing unit, in relation to the axial direction or transverse direction.
  • at least parts of the at least one retraction path and preferably the full retraction path have a distance of at least 2 cm, more preferably at least 4 cm, even more preferably at least 6 cm, and in relation to each target area of each nozzle of each printhead of this at least one printing unit even more preferably at least 8 cm.
  • At least parts of the drawing-in means and more preferably the complete drawing-in means have a distance of at least 2 cm, more preferably at least 4 cm, even more preferably at least 6 cm and even more in relation to each target area of each nozzle of each printhead of this at least one printing unit in relation to the axial direction preferably at least 8 cm.
  • a first dryer has the advantage that a printing material web can be drawn into the printing press particularly easily and quickly and precisely and yet there is no danger that damage and / or soiling of nozzles of print heads and / or components of the dryer unit could occur.
  • the printing press is preferably characterized in that at least one printing material web is connected and / or connectable to the at least one drawing-in means via at least one connecting element, further preferably the at least one connecting element being designed as at least one drawing-in tip.
  • the printing press is preferably characterized in that the at least one drawing-in means is designed as at least one endless drawing-in belt and / or in that at least one drawing-in guide element is arranged, by means of which the at least one drawing-in path of the at least one drawing-in means can be fixed and / or fixed, further preferred the at least one pull-in guide element is designed as at least one deflection roller or as at least one chain rail and / or the at least one pull-in guide element is designed as at least one rotatable pull-in guide element.
  • the at least one drawing-in means for drawing in a printing material web along the intended transport path of the printing material web is preferably arranged in particular permanently along its at least one drawing-in path within the printing press.
  • the at least one drawing-in means preferably has at least two and more preferably at least five provided connection points at which at least one printing material web can be connected directly and / or via at least one connecting element to the at least one drawing-in means.
  • the printing machine is preferably characterized in that the at least two connection points are at a distance of at most 10 cm, more preferably at most 5 cm, still more preferably at most 2 cm and still more preferably have no spacing from one another in relation to the axial direction, and / or that the at least two connection points are spaced apart from one another along the at least one pull-in path.
  • At least one printing head of the at least one printing unit designed as an inkjet printing head is shut off from the intended transport path of the at least one printing material web.
  • at least one drawing-in means is preferably moved along a drawing-in path through the at least one printing unit and the at least one printing material web is thereby drawn along the transport path provided for the at least one printing material web.
  • the pull-in path and the transport path are preferably spaced apart from one another as seen in an axial direction.
  • the printing press is preferably characterized in that at least two parking positions of the at least one first energy output device, which are different in particular with respect to the actuating direction, are provided, in which the at least one first energy output device can be arranged in a targeted manner depending on the operating mode.
  • the at least two parking positions provided are preferably provided in addition to the at least one working position.
  • one of the parking positions is a retracted position and / or one of the parking positions is an access position.
  • a shortest distance between the at least one first energy delivery device and the transport path provided for the printing material is greater when the first energy delivery device is arranged in the access position than when the first energy delivery device is arranged in the retracted position.
  • a shortest distance between the at least one first energy delivery device and the transport path provided for the printing material is greater with the first energy delivery device arranged in the retracted position than with the first energy delivery device arranged in the action position, preferably by at least 5 mm, more preferably by at least 50 mm and even further preferably by at least 90 mm and independently of it, for example by at most 400 mm.
  • a shortest distance between the at least one first energy output device and is preferred the transport path provided for the printing material when the first energy delivery device is arranged in the access position is greater than when the first energy delivery device is arranged in the active position, preferably by at least 450 mm, more preferably by at least 600 mm and even more preferably by at least 700 mm.
  • the printing press is preferably distinguished by the fact that the at least one printing unit has at least two image-forming devices, in particular in the form of print heads.
  • the printing press is characterized in that the at least one printing unit has at least one inkjet print head and more preferably at least two inkjet print heads.
  • the printing press is alternatively or additionally characterized in that a linear connection between a first guide element, related to a printing section of the transport path intended for printing material, of the at least one printing unit arranged upstream of the at least one dryer unit, and a reference to the printing section of the transport path intended for printing material
  • the printing press is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the intended transport path is curved in one direction only, in particular convexly, apart from straight sections, from a start of the printing section in the at least one printing unit to an end of the area of action of the at least one first energy output device on the side of the printing material printed in the at least one printing unit.
  • the printing press is preferably distinguished in that a transport direction provided for the web-shaped printing material has a vertical component in the area of action of the at least one energy output device, which component points downward.
  • the printing press is preferably distinguished by the fact that the at least one printing unit has at least two ink-jet printing heads, by means of which job locations for printing fluid are defined, and that a transport path through the printing unit, which is intended for printing material, is defined by at least two fixed guide elements of the at least one printing unit and that a printing section of the transport path provided for printing material begins at a first application point of the printing unit along this transport path and ends at a last application point of the printing unit along this transport path, and that at least five fixed guide elements defining the intended transport path along the printing section of this transport path are arranged one behind the other.
  • the printing press is alternatively or additionally characterized in that at least one measuring roller and / or at least one first deflecting roller is arranged along the transport path provided for the printing material after the area of action of the at least one first energy output device, which is preferably of the transport path provided for the printing material and / or is wrapped around by the printing material.
  • the printing press is preferably distinguished in that at least along the transport path provided for the printing material in front of the area of action of the at least one first energy output device a first pull roller is arranged, which is assigned at least one separate drive motor and which is preferably wrapped around by the transport path intended for the printing material and / or the printing material and / or that along the transport path provided for the printing material after the area of action of the at least one first energy output device and / or after the at least one measuring roller and / or after the at least one first deflecting roller at least one second pulling roller is arranged, which is preferably wrapped around by the transport path intended for the printing material and / or the printing material.
  • the printing press is preferably characterized in that the at least one second drawing roller and / or the at least one measuring roller and / or the at least one first deflecting roller is designed as at least one cooling roller.
  • the at least one second drawing roller and / or the at least one measuring roller and / or the at least one first deflecting roller is designed as at least one cooling roller.
  • the printing press is alternatively or additionally characterized in that at least one, but preferably several, for example at least three, more preferably at least five and even more preferably at least nine pressure rollers are each individually pressed against the at least one second pull roller.
  • At least one, but preferably several, for example at least three, more preferably at least five and even more preferably at least nine pressure rollers are each individually pressed against the at least one second pull roller.
  • the printing press is preferably characterized in that at least one actuator is arranged, by means of which a movement of the at least one an energy delivery device can be carried out along the actuating path.
  • the at least one actuator is designed, for example, as at least one hydraulic and / or as at least one pneumatic drive.
  • the at least one actuator is preferably designed as at least one electric drive and / or further preferably has at least one threaded spindle and at least one threaded nut interacting with it.
  • the printing machine which has at least one first printing unit, is preferably characterized in that the at least one dryer unit with the at least one first dryer is arranged along the transport path provided for the printing medium after the at least one first printing unit, and has an area, in particular designed as a drying section, of the for printing medium provided intended transport path, which is defined by the area of action of the at least one dryer.
  • a transport direction provided for the printing material has at least one vertical, preferably downward-pointing component which is larger than any horizontal component of this transport direction which may be present .
  • the axial direction or transverse direction is preferably defined by an axis of rotation of the at least one first draw roller and / or an axis of rotation of the at least one second draw roller.
  • the setting direction of the at least one energy output device is preferably linear.
  • the setting direction of the at least one energy output device deviates from the axial direction or transverse direction at least 50 °, preferably at least 60 °, more preferably at least 75 ° and even more preferably at least 85 °.
  • the setting direction of the at least one energy output device simultaneously deviates from at least one horizontal direction by at most 40 °, preferably at most 30 °, more preferably at most 15 ° and even more preferably at most 5 °.
  • the radiation emitted by the at least one energy output device preferably removes solvent and / or moisture from the printing material web and / or from the printing fluid arranged thereon and is absorbed by the ambient air in an interior of the at least one first dryer.
  • the transport path of the printing material web runs through this interior of the at least one first dryer.
  • temperature control of components of the at least one first dryer and / or ventilation of the interior of the at least one first dryer is ensured.
  • at least one ventilation device is preferably arranged in the area of the at least one energy output device.
  • the at least one dryer is preferably at least designed as a flow dryer. In an exemplary alternative embodiment, the at least one dryer is designed exclusively as a flow dryer.
  • the ventilation device preferably has at least one air supply line and at least one air discharge line.
  • the at least one first dryer is thus preferably also designed as a flow dryer in addition to its design as a radiation dryer.
  • the at least one air supply line is preferably arranged along the transport path provided for printing material between at least two air discharge lines.
  • the at least one air supply line is preferably at least one energy output device and at least one radiation source is also at least one energy output device.
  • the at least one air supply line and / or the at least one air discharge line preferably each have at least one flexible region with which they are connected to a stationary air transport device.
  • the printing press is preferably distinguished by the fact that at least one shut-off device is arranged, by means of which a security area can be separated and / or separated from an environment.
  • the security area is preferably such an area that comprises at least each volume that can be taken up by the at least one energy delivery device and possibly also by at least one dryer frame carrying the at least one energy delivery device during the movements along the travel path.
  • the security area also preferably comprises a larger room area.
  • the security area can preferably be entered from an environment through at least one closable opening in the shut-off device. This at least one opening can preferably be closed by means of a locking device, for example at least one door.
  • a movement of the at least one energy delivery device, in particular out of the active position and / or its access position and / or its retracted position, is only possible when the at least one closure device is closed and / or when a signal transmitter arranged outside the security area is operated.
  • the at least one closure device is preferably only to be opened if the at least one energy delivery device is arranged in its access position.
  • the printing press is preferably distinguished in that the at least one printing unit has at least two image-forming devices, in particular in the form of print heads, by means of which job locations for printing fluid are defined.
  • at least two guide elements of the printing unit define, in particular, a first transport path through the printing unit provided for printing material.
  • These at least two guide elements are furthermore preferably at least two preferably fixed guide elements of the printing assembly.
  • a printing section of the printing substrate preferably begins provided transport path at a first job of the printing unit along this intended transport path and this printing section ends at a last job of the printing unit along this transport path.
  • the fixed guide elements make it particularly easy to set up. It is also possible to realize very large printing widths without having problems with sagging guide elements.
  • a print head is preferably an image-forming device for a non-impact printing process, that is to say a printing process without a fixed printing form.
  • the printing unit is preferably characterized in that at least two, preferably at least five, more preferably at least eight, even more preferably at least ten, even more preferably at least fourteen and even more preferably at least twenty-eight fixed, along the printing section of this intended transport path, also include the intended transport path defining guide elements are arranged one behind the other. This has the particular advantage that a particularly large number of print heads and thus a high printing speed and high printing quality can be realized.
  • a fixed guide element is to be understood in particular as a guide element which is arranged immovably and / or stationary in a printing operation and / or which can be rotated neither by its own drive nor by contact with printing material and / or which is related to rotational movements and / or Rotational movements and / or pivoting movements about axes which are oriented orthogonally to a transport direction of the transport path provided for printing material, at most for pivoting movements together with other guide elements around at least one common pivot axis.
  • the at least one printing unit is preferably distinguished by the fact that preferably the at least two and more preferably the at least five, in particular stationary guide elements with respect to rotary movements or pivoting movements about axes other than at least a common pivot axis are fixed guide elements.
  • the stationary guide elements are preferably, in particular, stationary guide elements.
  • the printing unit is preferably distinguished by the fact that the at least two and more preferably at least five fixed guide elements each have a deflection angle with respect to the transport path provided for printing material, which is at least 0.5 °, more preferably at least 1 ° and even more preferably at least 1.5 ° and which is preferably at most 5 °, more preferably at most 3 ° and even more preferably 2.5 °.
  • friction between the printing material and the, in particular, stationary guide elements is reduced.
  • a transverse direction is preferably a horizontal direction oriented orthogonally to the transport path provided for printing material through the at least one printing unit.
  • the printing unit is preferably distinguished by the fact that the at least two and preferably at least five stationary guide elements each have a radially symmetrical or even circular cross section over more than half of their extent in the transverse direction.
  • Radial symmetry or rotational symmetry is to be understood as a form of symmetry in which the rotation of an object by a certain angle of rotation about an axis, in particular an axis of rotation or axis of symmetry, brings this object back into alignment with itself.
  • the printing unit is preferably distinguished by the fact that a respective outer surface of the at least two and preferably at least five guide elements, in particular, is formed in the shape of a cylinder jacket at least within a working area of the printing unit.
  • the printing unit is alternatively or additionally characterized in that these at least two and preferably at least five transport paths provided for this are arranged in the region of the printing section with fixing guide elements pivotable about at least one pivot axis common to them, in particular around these at least two and preferably at least five guide elements between a respective work position and a respective maintenance position.
  • These at least two and preferably at least five transport paths provided for this purpose are preferably arranged in the region of the printing section with fixing guide elements by means of at least one swivel drive and / or in at least one joint movement and / or relative to the at least two printheads so as to be pivotable about the at least one swivel axis common to them.
  • the printing unit is alternatively or additionally characterized in that these at least two and more preferably at least five guide elements are arranged so as to be pivotable about a pivot angle about the at least one pivot axis common to them, which is at least 10 °, more preferably at least 20 ° and even more preferably at least Is 30 °.
  • the printing unit is preferably characterized alternatively or additionally in that a main conveying direction, which is defined by a straight connection between a first guide element related to the printing section of the transport path intended for printing material and a last guiding element related to the printing section of the transport path intended for printing material, is oriented orthogonally to the transverse direction and that the main conveying direction with guide elements arranged in its maintenance position is at an angle of at most 30 °, more preferably at most 20 ° and is more preferably arranged at most 10 ° to a vertical direction.
  • This has the particular advantage that the maintenance space becomes particularly large and the guide elements are particularly accessible in their maintenance position. In particular, large printing material widths or working widths of the printing unit can be realized in this way.
  • the printing unit is preferably distinguished by the fact that the main conveying direction, with guide elements arranged in its working position, is at an angle of at least 10 °, more preferably at least 20 ° and even more preferably at least 30 ° and in particular independently of it at most 70 °, further preferred is aligned at most 55 ° and even more preferably at most 40 ° to a horizontal plane.
  • the printing unit is preferably distinguished by the fact that the transport path provided for printing material along the printing section is curved only in one direction, in particular downwards and / or convexly with respect to the side of the printing material printed in the at least one printing unit.
  • a downward curvature does not conflict with an upward transport route, but rather means, for example, an increase in the course of the transport route, which increases continuously or gradually.
  • the printing unit is preferably distinguished by the fact that the transport path provided for printing material along the printing section is limited and / or contacted and / or affected by components of the printing unit exclusively on exactly one side.
  • the printing unit is preferably characterized alternatively or additionally in that the at least two printheads each have a plurality of nozzles and that, more preferably, at least one nozzle per printhead has a target area which intersects at least and more preferably exactly one of the in particular at least two and more preferably at least five preferably fixed guide elements.
  • This preferably applies in particular with the respective print head arranged in its printing position and with the respective guide element arranged in its working position.
  • This preferably applies alternatively or additionally to a plurality or more preferably all of the nozzles of the respective printhead. This results in particular in the advantage that the printing fluid is applied to the printing material in an area in which it is particularly flat because it is pulled against the corresponding guide element by the deflection angle.
  • water-based printing fluid basically causes the printing material to swell, which can lead to deformations, in particular corrugations, of the printing material. This is particularly critical in connection with non-full-area and / or variable print images.
  • By aligning the nozzles to the guide elements and thus to the flat areas of the printing material printing errors and / or damage to the nozzles arranged at a short distance on the intended transport path are thus reduced and / or avoided.
  • all the nozzles can also have target areas which do not intersect any of the guide elements, in particular at least two and more preferably at least five, preferably fixed guide elements, but only pass between the guide elements and the guide elements.
  • the printing unit is alternatively or additionally characterized in that at least one of the at least two and preferably at least five transport routes provided for this in the region of the printing section with fixing guide elements at three points spaced apart in the transverse direction, preferably designed as support areas, with a total of at least two lateral support elements and is in contact with at least one inner support element and thereby in its position is set.
  • the printing unit is alternatively or additionally characterized in that several or even more preferably all of the at least two and preferably at least five transport routes provided for this in the region of the printing section with fixing guide elements at three points spaced apart from one another in the transverse direction, preferably in the form of support areas a total of at least two lateral support elements and at least one inner support element are in contact and are thus fixed in their position, the plurality or more preferably all guide elements in each case being in contact with the same lateral and / or inner support elements.
  • This also results in a supporting effect on the guide elements between the outer ends of the guide elements, which therefore have less or no tendency to be bent by gravity and / or the web tension.
  • the printing unit is preferably characterized alternatively or additionally by the fact that the at least one inner support element is in contact with the at least one guide element at a point which is preferably designed as a support area, the position of which in relation to the transverse direction is related to the position of at least one nozzle of at least one printhead of the printing unit matches.
  • the printing unit is preferably characterized alternatively or additionally by the fact that the at least one drawing-in means for drawing in a printing-material web is arranged and / or can be arranged within the at least one printing set, at least temporarily, at least temporarily along the at least one drawing-in path and more preferably different from any printing material.
  • the printing unit is preferably distinguished by the fact that the printing unit has at least one, in particular, stationary frame or machine frame and that the printing unit has the at least one first transport path provided for printing material webs and defined by at least two guide elements and at least one path that can be moved relative to the frame , in particular has a pivotable support element and that at least one first web fixing device for fixing a first section of a printing material web is arranged relative to the first web fixing device and / or relative to the frame along this first provided transport path.
  • fixing is not only to be understood as supporting against gravity, but rather relative immobility, in particular with regard to any movement in any direction.
  • the printing unit is alternatively or additionally characterized in that, along this first intended transport path and in particular after the at least one first web fixing device, at least one support element connected to the at least one support element that is movable relative to the frame and at least jointly with this at least one movable element relative to the frame
  • the support element which is also movable relative to the frame, is arranged for fixing a second section of a printing material web relative to the second web fixing device and / or relative to the at least one movable support element.
  • the at least one first web fixing device is preferably arranged on the frame.
  • the printing unit is preferably characterized alternatively or additionally by the fact that the at least two guide elements, which define the first transport path intended for printing material, are arranged to be movable, in particular pivotably, together with the at least one support element, preferably at least one support element, on the frame.
  • the printing unit is preferably distinguished in that the at least one support element can be pivoted about the at least one common pivot axis together with the at least one second web fixing device and / or together with the at least two guide elements is arranged.
  • the at least one second web fixing device is preferably arranged to be movable independently of the at least one first web fixing device.
  • the printing unit is preferably distinguished by the fact that the second web fixing device, in particular together with the at least two guide elements, can be moved relative to the first web fixing device and that a distance between the at least one second web fixing device and the at least one first web fixing device can be changed.
  • the printing unit is preferably distinguished by the fact that the at least one first web fixing device is arranged on the frame of the printing unit.
  • the printing unit is preferably distinguished by the fact that an optionally available maximum adjustment path of the at least one first web fixing device is smaller than one tenth of a maximum adjustment path of the at least one second web fixing device.
  • the printing unit is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the at least one second web fixing device can be arranged, in particular together with the part of the second section of the at least one printing substrate web fixed thereto, at different distances from the at least one image-forming device which is preferably designed as a print head.
  • the printing unit is preferably distinguished by the fact that the printing unit has at least two image-forming devices, by means of which the respective application points for printing fluid are defined and that a printing section of the first transport path provided for printing material begins at a first application point of the printing unit along this transport path and ends at a last job of the printing assembly along this intended transport path and that along this provided transport path the at least two guiding elements defining the intended transport path one behind the other along the printing section of this first provided transport path are arranged.
  • the printing unit is preferably characterized alternatively or additionally in that at least one separating device and / or at least one connecting device is arranged along the intended transport path between the at least one first web fixing device and the at least one second web fixing device.
  • the printing unit is preferably characterized in that the first section of the printing material web and the second section of the printing material web belong to the same printing material web at least before a possible severing.
  • the printing unit is preferably distinguished by the fact that the at least one first web fixing device and / or the at least one second web fixing device is or are designed as a suction device.
  • the printing unit is preferably distinguished in that the at least one first web fixing device and / or the at least one second web fixing device is or are designed as a clamping device.
  • the printing unit is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the at least one first web fixing device and the at least one second web fixing device along the transport path provided for printing material from a roll holding device and / or from a post-processing device at least twice, more preferably at least five times and even more preferably at least are ten times as far as from a printing unit's nearest job location.
  • the invention is for inkjet printing processes or Ink printing process applicable.
  • the designs and variants set out for "printing inks” - as far as no obvious contradiction is evident - can be used on all types of flowable printing fluids, in particular also on colored or colorless varnishes, and on relief-forming materials such as pastes and by - only intended or actual - replacement of the expression "printing ink” by the general expression "printing fluid” or a special expression "lacquer”, "higher-viscosity printing ink”, “low-viscosity printing ink” or “ink”, or "paste” or "pasty material” transfer.
  • a preferred method for operating a printing press can be carried out in particular by means of the printing press.
  • This is a method for operating the printing press, the printing press having the at least one first printing unit and the at least one dryer unit, and the at least one dryer unit having the at least one first dryer with at least the first energy output device.
  • the at least one first energy delivery device is preferred, in particular by means of the at least one actuator along an actuating path in the actuating direction from the active position by at least 5 mm, preferably by at least 50 mm and further preferably by at least 90 mm and independently of this, for example by at most 400 mm moved to the retracted position and stopped there.
  • the actuation path extends over at least 75% of its total distance, preferably over at least 90% of its total distance and more preferably over its entire total distance, continuously linearly in and / or against the actuating direction.
  • the at least one energy delivery device is preferably moved by at least 5 mm, preferably by at least 50 mm and further preferably by at least 90 mm and in particular by means of the at least one actuator from the active position in the adjusting direction along the at least 75% linear adjustment path regardless of this, for example, moved to the retracted position by a maximum of 400 mm and stopped there.
  • the shutdown process preferably does not use the entire travel path, in particular not the total distance of the travel path, but less than 25%, more preferably less than 10%.
  • At least one web-shaped printing material is drawn in by means of at least one drawing-in means, in particular different from each printing material, along the transport path provided for the printing material through the area of action of the at least one energy output device.
  • the at least one first energy output device is moved back from the retracted position against the adjusting direction along the same linear adjustment path into the acting position, in particular by means of the at least one actuator, and stopped there.
  • the setting direction also deviates from the normal direction by at most 40 °, preferably at most 30 °, more preferably at most 15 ° and even more preferably at most 5 °, this normal direction being the normal direction of the mean surface normals of the entire area, in particular the entire area of action of the at least a first energy output device lying section of the transport path provided for web-shaped printing material.
  • the first shutdown process and a second shutdown process in at least one drying process in the area of action of the first energy delivery device energy is released from the at least one first energy delivery device onto the previously drawn web-shaped printing material. It was further preferred that the previously drawn web-shaped printing material was at least partially provided with at least one printing fluid in the at least one printing unit.
  • the at least one first energy output device is preferred along the same Over at least 75%, more preferably at least 90% and even more preferably 100% of its total distance, continuously and linearly in and / or against the adjustment direction S, in the same adjustment direction from the active position, in particular by means of the at least one actuator, by at least 450 mm preferably moved by at least 600 mm and even more preferably by at least 700 mm into an access position different from the retracted position and stopped there.
  • at least one maintenance action is preferably carried out on the at least one first energy output device, for example an exchange of at least one current-carrying component and / or a cleaning of a component.
  • the at least one first energy output device is moved back from the access position against the adjusting direction along the same linear adjustment path into the acting position and stopped there, in particular by means of the at least one actuator.
  • the method is preferably characterized in that the at least one drawing-in means is connected to the at least one printing material web in one connection process by means of at least one connecting element.
  • the at least one connecting element passes a printing position of the at least one printhead while it is switched off from the intended transport path and / or is arranged in at least one rest position and / or the at least one connecting element passes at least one target area of at least one nozzle of the at least one printhead during the pulling-in process and / or during the pulling-in process, no component of the at least one pulling-in means passes a target area of a nozzle of the at least one printhead.
  • the at least one connecting element preferably passes through an active region of the at least one energy delivery device of the at least one first dryer while the latter is in a storage position designed as a retracted position.
  • printing fluid includes in the foregoing and below inks and printing inks, but also varnishes and pasty materials. Preference is given to printing fluid materials which are transferred and / or are transferable to a printing material 02 by a printing press 01 or at least one printing unit 200 of the printing press 01 and are preferably in a finely structured form and / or not only over a large area, and are preferably visible and / or through sensory impressions Establish noticeable and / or machine-detectable texture on the substrate 02.
  • Inks and printing inks are preferably solutions or dispersions of at least one colorant in at least one solvent. Water, for example, comes as a solvent and / or organic solvents.
  • the pressure fluid can be designed as a pressure fluid that crosslinks under UV light.
  • Inks are relatively low viscosity printing fluids and inks are relatively high viscosity printing fluids. Inks preferably have no binder or relatively little binder, while printing inks preferably contain a relatively large amount of binder and more preferably further auxiliaries.
  • Colorants can be pigments and / or dyes, pigments being insoluble in the application medium, while dyes are soluble in the application medium.
  • the expression “printing ink” or “printing fluid” in the sense of a liquid or at least flowable coloring fluid to be printed in the printing press should be understood in the foregoing and below - unless explicitly differentiated and named accordingly - and not only colloquially Rather higher-viscosity coloring fluids associated with the expression “printing ink” for use in rotary printing presses, but in addition to these higher-viscosity coloring fluids in particular also low-viscosity coloring fluids such as “inks”, in particular inkjet inks, but also pulverulent coloring fluids such as e.g. B. toner.
  • colorless lacquers are meant when it comes to printing fluids and / or inks and / or printing inks.
  • means for a pre-treatment (so-called precoating) of the printing substrate 02 are preferred when printing fluids and / or inks and / or printing inks are mentioned.
  • the term coating agent is to be understood synonymously.
  • a printing machine 01 is to be understood here as a machine that is capable of applying or capable of applying at least one printing fluid to a printing substrate 02.
  • a printing press 01 preferably has at least one printing material source, preferably at least one first printing unit 200, preferably at least one first agent that supports drying, ie first drying aid 301, e.g. B. a first dryer 301, and preferred at least one post-processing device.
  • the printing press 01 optionally has, for example, at least one second printing unit and, for example, at least one second drying aid, ie drying aids, e.g. B. a second dryer.
  • the printing press 01 is designed as an inkjet printing press 01.
  • the printing press 01 is preferably designed as a roll inkjet printing press 01.
  • the printing press 01 is designed as a printing press 01, which works as a whole or possibly alongside other non-impact printing processes and / or printing form-based processes, in particular as an inkjet printing press 01.
  • the at least one first printing unit 200 is preferably at least a first Inkjet printing unit 200 is formed.
  • the printing unit 200 is preferably a printing unit 200 for processing web-shaped printing material 02.
  • the printing material source is designed as a web unwinding device.
  • At least one printing material 02 is preferably aligned in the printing material source, preferably at least with respect to an edge of this printing material 02.
  • at least one web-shaped printing material 02 i.e. a printing material web 02, preferably a paper web 02, is unwound from a printing material roll 101 and preferably aligned with respect to their edges in an axial direction A.
  • the axial direction A is preferably a direction A, which extends in a transverse direction A parallel to an axis of rotation of a printing material roll.
  • the transverse direction A is preferably a horizontally running direction A.
  • the transverse direction A is oriented orthogonally to the intended transport direction of the printing material 02 and / or orthogonally to the intended transport path of the printing material 02 through the at least one first printing unit 200.
  • a transport path of the at least one printing substrate 02 and in particular the printing substrate web 02 preferably runs through the at least one first printing unit 200 following the at least one printing substrate source, where the Printing material 02 and in particular the printing material web 02 is preferably provided on one side with a printed image by means of at least one printing ink.
  • the transport direction is preferably that direction which is tangential to a section and / or point of the intended transport path closest to a respective reference point.
  • This respective reference point is preferably at the point and / or on the component that is related to the transport direction.
  • the roll unwinding device along the intended transport path of the printing material web 02 after a roll holding device, has a dancer roll, which is preferably deflectable on a dancer lever, and / or a first web edge aligner and / or a feed nip formed by a pull roller and a pull press and a first measuring roller, in particular a feed measuring roller trained first measuring device having feed mechanism.
  • This pull roller preferably has its own drive motor designed as a pull drive motor, which is preferably connected to a machine control.
  • a web tension can be set and kept within limits by means of the dancer roller and / or the web tension is preferably kept within limits.
  • the roll unwinding device has an adhesive and cutting device, by means of which a roll change can be carried out on the fly, ie without the printing material web 02 standing still.
  • the feed mechanism is preferably arranged downstream of the first web edge aligner.
  • the at least the draw roller is preferably arranged as part of the feed mechanism which preferably the pulling press is arranged together to form the feed gap.
  • the feed gap serves to regulate a web tension and / or to transport the printing material 02.
  • a printing unit 200 is to be understood as a device by means of which a web or sheet-shaped printing material 02 is or can be provided with at least one printing fluid on at least one of its sides.
  • the at least one first printing unit 200 of the printing press 01 preferably has at least one printing point 201.
  • a printing point 201 is to be understood as a preferably complete area in which contact between a respective same printing fluid and a printing material 02 is or can be produced.
  • the term “printing point 201” is also to be used when the printing fluid is applied to the printing material 02 without pressure between the printing material 02 on the one hand and a component that transmits the printing fluid, for example by the impact of freely moving printing fluid on the printing material 02, for example flying drops of the pressure fluid.
  • a printing point 201 preferably comprises all areas which are provided for a certain printing fluid, in particular associated with this printing point 201, to strike the printing material 02.
  • a printing point 201 for example, comprises all areas which are provided for a black ink to strike a first side of the printing substrate 02.
  • the at least one first pressure unit 200 preferably has a plurality of pressure points 201, each of which is assigned a respective pressure fluid, for example at least four pressure points 201, preferably at least five pressure points 201, more preferably at least six pressure points 201 and even more preferably at least seven pressure points 201.
  • a working width of the printing press 01 and / or of the at least one printing unit 200 is a dimension that is preferably orthogonal to the intended one Transport path of the printing material 02 extends through the at least one first printing unit 200, more preferably in the transverse direction A.
  • the transverse direction A is preferably a horizontally running direction A.
  • the transverse direction A is orthogonal to the intended transport direction of the printing material 02 and / or orthogonal to the intended one Transport path of the printing material 02 through the at least one printing unit 200 oriented.
  • the working width of the printing press 01 preferably corresponds to a maximum width that a printing substrate 02 may have in order to be able to be processed with the printing press 01, that is to say a maximum printing substrate width that can be processed by the printing press 01.
  • the working width of the printing press 01 preferably corresponds to the working width of the at least one first printing unit 200.
  • Each printing point 201 preferably has at least one job point 211.
  • Each job site 211 is preferably assigned to at least one image-forming device 221, in particular at least one print head 221 and further preferably at least one print head row 222.
  • Each job site 211 preferably extends in the transverse direction A, more preferably over the entire working width of the printing press 01.
  • the at least one imaging device 221 is preferably designed as at least one printhead 221, in particular inkjet printhead 221.
  • the at least one printing unit 200 preferably has at least two printing heads 221.
  • the at least one printing unit 200 is characterized in that the at least two print heads 221 are designed as print heads 221 designed for a non-impact printing process, and further preferably in that the at least two print heads 221 are designed as ink-jet print heads 221.
  • Imaging devices 221, such as printheads 221 usually have a limited dimension, in particular in the transverse direction A. This results in a restricted area of the printing substrate 02, to which printing fluid 221 can be applied by a respective printhead. Therefore, multiple imaging devices 221 are commonly used or print heads 221 arranged one behind the other in the transverse direction A. Such print heads 221 arranged one behind the other in the transverse direction A are referred to as print head rows 222.
  • Interrupted print head rows 222 and continuous print head rows 222 are described below. In the special case of a printhead 221 which extends over the entire working width, this should also count as a printhead row 222, in particular as a continuous printhead row 222.
  • Such individual print heads 221 are usually not provided with nozzles up to one edge of their housing. Therefore, at least two, and more preferably exactly two, print head rows 222 extending in the transverse direction A are preferably arranged offset with respect to one another along the transport path provided for the printing substrate 02.
  • Such print head rows 221 are, for example, interrupted print head rows 222. In each case two such, in particular interrupted, print head rows 222 together form a double row 223 of print heads 221.
  • the entire working width of the printing press 01 and / or at least one is preferably a first printing unit 200 can be reached from nozzles of the printing heads.
  • a plurality of print head rows 222, more preferably at least four double rows 223 and even more preferably at least eight double rows 223 of print heads 221 are preferably arranged in a direction orthogonal to the transverse direction A, in particular in the transport direction along the intended transport path of the printing substrate 02.
  • Each nozzle is preferably assigned a clearly defined target area in the direction A of the width of the printing material web 02 and preferably in the transverse direction A.
  • Each target area of a nozzle is preferably clearly defined, at least in the printing mode.
  • a target region of a nozzle is that region of space, which in particular is essentially a straight line, and which extends in an ejection direction of this nozzle from this nozzle.
  • An impact area is preferably an area that is suitable for a Contact of printing fluid with the printing material 02 is provided, in particular for drops of printing fluid with the printing material 02.
  • Each nozzle of each print head 221 is preferably assigned an impact area, in particular in a direct ink jet printing process.
  • a striking area of a print head 221 is preferably a sum of all striking areas of nozzles of this printhead 221.
  • An application point 211 is preferably a sum of striking areas of functionally combined printheads 221, which together span the entire working width of the printing press 01.
  • an application point 211 is preferably a sum of areas of impact of the print heads 221, which together form the double row.
  • a printing unit 200 for example, comprises only one printing point 201, for example for the color black.
  • the at least one first printing unit 200 has, as described, a plurality of printing points 201.
  • the pressure points 201 can directly adjoin one another spatially or can be spaced apart, for example separated by colors.
  • the term pressure point 201 should also include a section which - e.g. B. without interruption by a different color - has several successive job sites 211 of the same color. In the case of only one printing point 201, this simultaneously represents the first and the last printing point 201 of the relevant printing unit 200.
  • a printing point is a contact area between a transfer body and the printing substrate 02.
  • the at least one printing unit 200 preferably has at least one print head 221, which is designed as at least one inkjet print head 221.
  • Each printhead 221 preferably has a plurality of nozzles from which drops of printing fluid, in particular ink drops, are ejected and / or ejectable are.
  • the at least one pressure unit 200 preferably has at least one nozzle bar 231.
  • a nozzle bar 231 is a component which preferably extends over at least 80% and more preferably at least 100% of the working width of the printing press 01 and / or preferably serves as a carrier for the at least one printhead 221.
  • a single or preferably a plurality of nozzle bars 231 are arranged per printing unit 200.
  • the at least one printing unit 200 further preferably has at least three nozzle bars 231, even more preferably at least five nozzle bars 231 and even more preferably at least fourteen (14) nozzle bars 231.
  • the at least one first nozzle bar 231 preferably extends orthogonally to the intended transport path of the printing substrate 02 over the entire working width of the printing press 01, in particular in the transverse direction A.
  • the at least one nozzle bar 231 preferably has at least one print head 221 and preferably a plurality of print heads 221. In the case in which the at least one nozzle bar 231 each has only one print head 221, this print head 221 preferably extends over an entire working width of the printing press 01. In the case in which the at least one nozzle bar 231 each has a plurality of print heads 221 these printheads 221 are preferably designed as at least one printhead row 221 or more preferably as at least one double row 223 of printheads 221 and the at least one printhead row 222 or double row 223 of printheads 221 preferably extends over an entire working width of the printing press 01. In the case of a double row 223 of Printheads 221, the at least one row of nozzles of the respective nozzle bar 231 is preferably divided into at least two interrupted printhead rows 222.
  • the at least one nozzle bar 213 preferably has a plurality of rows of nozzles in a conveying direction of a printing material guide 249.
  • This conveying direction of the printing material guide 249 is preferably identical to the transport direction of the transport path provided for the transport of printing material 02.
  • Preferably everyone has Printhead 221 on a plurality of nozzles, which are further preferably arranged in a matrix of several rows in the transverse direction A and / or several columns, preferably in the conveying direction of the substrate guide 249, such columns being arranged, for example, obliquely to the conveying direction of the substrate guide 249 to increase the resolution of a printed image.
  • the at least one print head 221 preferably works according to the drop-on-demand method in order to generate ink drops, in which ink drops are specifically generated if required.
  • At least one heating element is preferably used for each nozzle, which generates an evaporation of pressure fluid within a reservoir.
  • at least one piezo element is used for each nozzle, which can reduce a volume filled with printing ink by a certain amount at high speed when a voltage is applied.
  • a conveyor line in particular a conveyor line for printing substrate 02, preferably comprises those devices 241; 251; 252; 253; 254; 256; 257; 303; 306; 343; 344, which define a transport path for the printing material 02, for example rollers, cylinders, guide elements and the like.
  • a conveying path of the at least one first printing unit 200 which extends from a first printing point 201 of the at least one first printing unit 200 along the transport path provided for the printing substrate 02 to a last printing point 201 of the at least one first printing unit 200 along the transport path provided for the printing substrate 02 extends, is referred to as the printing path 224 of the at least one first printing unit 200.
  • the intended transport route is the space area that the printing substrate 02 would take up if it were present.
  • the conveying path of the at least one first printing unit 200 preferably comprises those devices 241; 251; 252; 254; 256, which determine the transport path through the at least one first printing unit 200, in particular both the intended transport path regardless of the presence of the printing material 02 and the one actual transport route when printing material 02 is present.
  • the part of the intended transport route of printing material 02 defined by printing path 224 is referred to as printing section 226 of the intended transport route.
  • the at least one printing unit 200 preferably has a plurality of support points 261 along the printing section 226 of the transport path provided for printing substrate 02.
  • Support points 261 are preferably distinguished by the fact that at support points 261 the intended transport path is influenced, for example changed, with respect to its transport direction.
  • These support points 261 are preferably defined by respective guide elements 241.
  • the guide elements 241 are preferably part of the printing material guide 249.
  • Guide elements 241 are preferably devices which limit and redirect the transport route provided for the printing material 02 and, in particular in the case of the presence of the printing material 02, are preferably at least partially in contact with the printing material 02.
  • Co-rotating and / or positively driven rollers and / or rollers and / or belt conveyors come into question as guide elements 241, but the guide elements 241 are preferably designed as one-piece or multi-piece fixed guide elements 241.
  • a deflection angle 227 of a guide element 241 is preferably an angle between a first local transport direction T1 and a second local transport direction T2, the first local transport direction T1 being a direction T1 of the transport path provided for the printing substrate 02 in an area in which the intended transport path is located the guide element 241 runs or is intended to run up, and the second local transport direction T2 is a direction T2 of the transport route provided for the printing substrate 02 in a region in which the intended transport route leaves or is intended to leave the guide element 241.
  • the guide elements 241 are in particular components of the conveyor line. At least the guide elements 241 arranged in the area of the printing section 226 of the transport path provided for printing substrate 02 are in particular components of the printing path 224.
  • the printing unit 200 is preferably distinguished by the fact that the guide elements 241, which define this transport path in the region of the printing section with guide elements 241 which are fixed with respect to movements in the axial direction A.
  • the at least two guide elements 241, which define the intended transport route preferably each have an uninterrupted guide surface in the axial direction A of at least 25%, preferably at least 50%, further preferably at least 80% and even more preferably at least 100% of the working width of the printing unit 200.
  • the at least one guide element 241 preferably extends in the transverse direction A over the entire working width of the printing press 01.
  • a cross section of the at least one guide element 241 is preferably an intersection of the at least one guide element with a plane whose surface normal is oriented parallel to the transverse direction A.
  • the entire cross section of the at least one guide element 241 is preferably the same as viewed over the working width of the printing press 01, in particular independently of the position of the cross section within the working area of the at least one first printing unit 200 and / or independently of the position of the cross section with respect to the transverse direction A.
  • Relatively flat guide elements 241 are conceivable, for example in the form of slightly bent metal sheets.
  • the guide elements preferably have an essentially cylindrical jacket-shaped surface 228.
  • the cross section of the at least one guide element 241 preferably has at least one curved outer boundary, in particular with a finite radius of curvature that differs from zero. This radius of curvature and thus the radius of the guide elements 241 is preferably greater than 5 mm, more preferably greater than 10 mm and even more preferably greater than 13 mm. This radius of curvature and thus the radius of the guide elements 241 is preferably less than 50 mm, more preferably less than 30 mm and even more preferably less than 18 mm.
  • This curved outer boundary preferably lies at least in a region of the cross section which faces the transport region provided for the printing substrate 02.
  • the curvature is particularly convex.
  • the whole is more preferred outer boundary of this cross section curved.
  • the boundary of this cross section is even more preferably essentially circular.
  • the at least one guide element 241 preferably has, at least in the region of the working width of the printing press 01 and / or of the at least one first printing unit 200, an outer surface 228 in the form of a cylinder jacket, more preferably over an entire extent of the working width of the printing press 01 and even more preferably over the entire extent of the at least one guide element in the transverse direction A.
  • several of the guide elements 241 are constructed identically, more preferably all of the guide elements 241 within the printing path 224 of the at least one first printing unit 200.
  • the printing path 224 preferably has a plurality of such guide elements 241 arranged one after the other. Due to the relative arrangement of the guide elements 241 of the printing path 224 to one another, a respective deflection angle 227 is defined for each guide element 241.
  • the deflection angles of the guide elements 241 of the printing section 224 are preferably essentially the same and differ at most in the region of a first and / or a last guide element 241 of the printing section 224 from those of the other guide elements 241 of the printing section 224.
  • the deflection angle 227 of the at least one guide element 241 and more preferably several and even more preferably all guide elements 241 is at least 0.5 ° (zero point five degrees), more preferably at least 1 ° (one degree) and even more preferably at least 1.5 ° (one point five degrees).
  • the deflection angle 227 of the at least one guide element 241 is preferably and more preferably several and even more preferably all Guide elements 241 at most 10 ° (ten degrees), more preferably at most 5 ° (five degrees) and even more preferably at most 2.5 ° (two point five degrees).
  • the guide elements 241 of the printing path 224 are preferably arranged in the form of an arc, in particular an arc, along the printing path 224.
  • the at least one support element 273; 274 preferably serves as a support device for the at least one guide element 241, more preferably for a plurality of guide elements 241 of the printing section 224 and even more preferably for all guide elements 241 of the printing section 224.
  • the at least one support element 273 is designed, for example, as at least one lateral support element 273.
  • the at least one support element 273; 274 is preferably designed as at least one support frame 276 or as part of at least one support frame 276, which has, for example, at least two lateral support elements 273, to which, more preferably, a plurality of guide elements 241 are fastened directly and / or via holding devices.
  • the at least two lateral support elements 273 are preferably designed as part of at least one support frame 276 and the at least one support frame 276 has at least one crossmember 277 that differs from the guide elements 241 and extends at least in the transverse direction A and for a constant relative position of the lateral ones Carrying elements 273 provides.
  • the at least one support frame 276 has at least two crossbeams 277 which are different from the guide elements 241 and which extend at least in the transverse direction A and ensure a constant relative position of the lateral support elements 273.
  • a constant relative position preferably means that any relative movement is excluded.
  • this function can be taken over by the guide elements 241 itself, it then being necessary to ensure that when all the guide elements 241 are detached from the support elements 273; 274 the lateral support elements 273 are no longer fixed to one another.
  • the arrangement of at least one traverse 277 is preferred.
  • the at least one lateral support element 273 preferably has at least one contact area for each guide element 241, on which the respective guide element 241 rests on the lateral support element 273 or is at least in contact with the lateral support element 273.
  • At least one inner support element 274 is preferably arranged.
  • the at least one inner guide element 241 is, for example, part of the at least one support frame 276.
  • the at least one inner support element 274 is preferably used at least to protect one or more or preferably all of the guide elements 241 from unwanted or at least undesired high deflection.
  • a print head row 222 is preferably assigned to each guide element 241. Alternatively, several print head rows 222 could also be assigned to each guide element 241, for example if the guide elements 241 were not designed as rods, but as flat guide elements.
  • a guide element 241 is preferably assigned to each print head row 222.
  • a shortest distance between a respective nozzle of a respective print head 221 arranged in its printing position on the one hand and the transport path provided for the printing material 02 or the closest guide element 241 arranged in its working position on the other hand is preferably at least 0.1 mm, more preferably at least 0.5 mm and even more preferably at least 1.0 mm and preferably at most 5 mm, more preferably at most 3.0 mm and even more preferably at most 2.0 mm.
  • a shortest distance between a respective nozzle of a respective print head 221 arranged in its printing position on the one hand and the printing substrate 02 on the other hand is preferably at least 0.1 mm, more preferably at least 0.5 mm and even more preferably at least 1.0 mm and preferably at most 5 mm , more preferably at most 3.0 mm and even more preferably at most 2.0 mm. These distances are related to one another via the thickness of the printing substrate 02.
  • At least one shielding device 292 is preferably arranged.
  • the at least one shielding device 292 is preferably used to, for example, parts of the print heads shield their supply devices for electronics and / or for pressure fluid and / or their holders and / or parts of the nozzle bar 231 on the one hand against the transport path provided for the printing substrate 02 and in particular its printing section 226 and / or against an area having the nozzles of the print heads 221.
  • At least rotatable first web guiding means 251 are preferably arranged in front of the first guiding element 241 of the printing path 224 with respect to the transport path provided for the printing substrate 02.
  • This at least one first rotatable web guiding means 251 is preferably designed as a first motor-driven web guiding means 251 and / or a first web guiding roller 251, in particular a first motor-driven web guiding roller 251.
  • the at least one first web guiding roller 251 has its own drive motor and / or is at least one first web guide roller 251 part of at least one system for regulating a web tension of a web-shaped printing material 02.
  • At least one rotatable second web guiding means 254 is preferably arranged after the last guiding element 241 of the printing path 224 with respect to the transport path provided for the printing material 02.
  • This at least one second rotatable web guide means 254 is preferably designed as a second motor-driven web guide means 254 and / or a second web guide roller 254, in particular a second motor-driven web guide roller 254.
  • the at least one second web guide roller 254 has its own drive motor and / or is at least one second web guide roller 254 part of the at least one system for regulating the web tension of the web-like printing material 02.
  • the web guiding means 251; 253; 254; 257 and / or web guide rollers 251; 252; 253; 254; 256; 257 are preferably part of the substrate guide 249.
  • the printing section 226 of the transport path provided for the printing substrate 02 preferably extends monotonically.
  • a first guide element 241 of the printing path 224 is preferably the lowest arranged of all the guiding elements 241 of the printing path 224.
  • a last guide element 241 of the printing path 224 is preferably the lowest highest arranged guide element 241 of the printing path 224.
  • the at least one printing unit 200 preferably has at least one and more preferably exactly one swivel device 279.
  • the at least one swivel device 279 is preferably assigned to at least one, more preferably several and even more preferably all guide elements 241 of the printing path 224.
  • a plurality of guide elements 241 and more preferably all guide elements 241 of the printing path 224 about at least one common swivel axis 281; 282 arranged pivotably, in particular along a respective individual and / or differently long pivoting path.
  • the at least one support frame 276 about the at least one common pivot axis 281; 282 pivotally arranged.
  • Each about the at least one common pivot axis 281; 282 pivotable guide element 241 is preferably assigned a working position and a maintenance position.
  • the working position of each guide element 241 is preferably distinguished by the fact that the guide element 241 is in a printing operation in its working position and / or that the guide element 241 arranged in its working position is at a minimum distance of a print head 221 next to this guide element and arranged in its printing position at most 5 mm, more preferably at most 3.0 mm and even more preferably at most 2.0 mm and / or that the guide element 241 arranged in its working position is different from that for the printing substrate 02 in printing operation intended transport route is affected.
  • each guide element 241 is preferably distinguished by the fact that the guide element 241 is in a maintenance state of the at least one first printing assembly 200 in its maintenance position and / or that the guide element 241 arranged in its maintenance position is arranged in its printing position by a guide element closest to this guide element Printhead 221 has a minimum distance of at least 5 cm, more preferably at least 10 cm and even more preferably at least 20 cm. and / or that the guide element 241 arranged in its maintenance position is spaced apart from the transport route provided for the printing substrate 02 in printing operation.
  • the swivel device 279 has exactly one common swivel axis 281.
  • the at least one support element 273; 274 and in particular the at least one support frame 276 can be pivoted about a single common pivot axis 281, in particular relative to a frame 283 of the at least one first printing assembly 200.
  • the pivoting device 279 has at least two and preferably exactly two common pivot axes 281; 282 and at least one intermediate member 284.
  • the at least one intermediate member 284 is preferably pivotable about a first common pivot axis 281 relative to the frame 283 of the at least one first printing assembly 200.
  • the at least one swivel device 279 preferably has at least one swivel drive 286, which is in particular common.
  • the at least one swivel drive 286 has, for example, at least one linear drive 286.
  • the at least one swivel drive 286, in particular linear drive 286, preferably engages the frame 283 with at least one first connecting element, for example directly or with the interposition of at least one further component.
  • the at least one swivel drive 286, in particular linear drive 286, preferably engages at least a second connecting element on at least one support element 273; 274 and / or at least one traverse 277 and / or the support frame 276.
  • a main conveying direction B is preferably defined by a straight-line connection between a first guide element 241 of the printing path 224 related to the transport path provided for printing material 02 and a last guide element 241 of the printing path 224 related to the transport path intended for printing material 02.
  • the main conveying direction B is preferably defined by a straight connection between a first guide element 241 related to the printing section 226 of the transport path intended for printing substrate 02 and a last guide element 241 related to the printing section 226 of the transport path provided for printing substrate 02.
  • the main conveying direction B points from the first guide element 241 of the printing path 224 related to the transport path intended for printing substrate 02 to the last guide element 241 of the printing path 224 related to the transport path intended for printing substrate 02.
  • the main conveying direction B is preferably oriented orthogonally to the transverse direction A.
  • the orientation of the main conveying direction B with guide elements 241 arranged in its working position and / or with a support frame 276 arranged in its working position has an angle of at least 10 °, more preferably at least 20 ° and even more preferably at least 30 ° to the orientation of the main conveying direction B. in its maintenance position arranged guide elements 241 and / or with a support frame 276 arranged in its maintenance position.
  • the main conveying direction B preferably has at least one vertically upward-pointing component and at least one horizontal component when the guide elements 241 are arranged in their working position and / or the support frame 276 is arranged in their working position.
  • the main conveying direction B is preferred in the case of guide elements 241 arranged in its working position and / or arranged in its working position Support frame 276 aligned at an angle of at least 10 °, more preferably at least 20 ° and even more preferably at least 30 ° to a horizontal plane.
  • the main conveying direction B is preferably oriented at an angle of at most 70 °, more preferably at most 55 ° and even more preferably at most 40 ° to a horizontal plane with guide elements 241 arranged in its working position and / or with support frame 276 arranged in its working position.
  • the main conveying direction B would run essentially horizontally, ie at an angle of at most 5 ° to a horizontal plane.
  • the main conveying direction B preferably has at least one vertically upward-pointing component, and more preferably only one vertically upward-pointing component, with guide elements 241 arranged in its maintenance position and / or with support frame 276 arranged in its maintenance position.
  • the main conveying direction B is preferably arranged at an angle of at most 30 °, more preferably at most 20 ° and even more preferably at most 10 ° to a vertical direction with guide elements 241 arranged in its maintenance position and / or with support frame 276 arranged in its maintenance position.
  • the joint pivotability of the guide elements 241 of the print path 224 and / or the pivotability of the at least one support frame 276 preferably results in a possibility of increasing a distance between the nozzles of the print heads and / or the at least one shielding device 292 on the one hand and the guide elements 241 of the print path 224 on the other hand. Due to the joint pivotability of the guide elements 241 of the printing path 224 and / or the pivotability of the at least one support frame 276, there is thus a maintenance space 291 between the nozzles of the print heads 221 and / or the at least one shielding device 292 on the one hand and the guide elements 241 on the other. This maintenance room 291 is accessible to operating personnel, for example.
  • This maintenance space 291 enables maintenance and / or cleaning of the guide elements 241 of the printing path, for example 224 and / or the at least one shielding device 292, in particular irrespective of the working width of the printing press 01.
  • at least one preferably movable support 293, in particular standing surface 293, is arranged in the maintenance space 291.
  • all print heads 221 are arranged in a stationary manner. This ensures that all nozzles are permanently aligned and / or registered. Different situations are conceivable in which a movement of the print heads 221 is necessary.
  • a first such situation is a flying roll change or printing material change or generally a roll change with gluing process or a printing material change with gluing process.
  • At least the print heads 221 and preferably the at least one nozzle bar 231 as a whole can therefore be moved in at least one direction relative to the guide plane of the first printing material guide 249, in particular, can be turned off from this, further preferably orthogonal to a surface of the transport path provided for printing substrate 02 closest to the print head 221.
  • At least one cleaning device in particular at least one nozzle cleaning device, is preferably arranged, which has at least one washing nozzle and / or at least one brush and / or at least one puller and / or at least one cleaning fleece.
  • the print heads 221 are preferably arranged so far from the guide elements 241 of the printing path 224, which are arranged in particular in their working position, that the at least one cleaning device, in particular nozzle cleaning device, fits into a resulting cleaning intermediate space 289.
  • This at least one cleaning device is preferably arranged to be movable in the transverse direction A and more preferably has a dimension in the transverse direction A that is smaller than the working width of the printing press.
  • the at least one cleaning device is preferably arranged outside the working width of the printing press with respect to the transverse direction A.
  • Each print head row 222 or each double row 223 of print heads 221 is preferably assigned its own cleaning device.
  • At least one first dryer 301 is preferably arranged along the transport path provided for printing substrate 02 after the at least one first printing unit 200, which has a region of the transport path provided for printing substrate 02 designed as a drying section, which is defined by an area of action of the at least one dryer 301.
  • the transport path of the printing substrate 02 and in particular the printing substrate web 02 preferably passes through the at least one first dryer 301 in order to dry the applied printing fluid.
  • the at least one first dryer 301 is preferably part of the at least one dryer unit 300.
  • the at least one dryer unit 300 has at least one first dryer 301, which is preferably designed as at least one radiation dryer 301 and / or as at least one flow dryer 301. It is also possible to arrange several dryers 301 arranged one behind the other, for example along the intended transport path. Such a plurality of dryers 301 are arranged one above the other, for example in the case of a substantially vertical transport path, in the at least one dryer unit 300.
  • the at least one first dryer 301 has at least one first preferably controllable and / or regulatable energy delivery device 302; 317 on.
  • the at least one first energy output device 302; 317 is designed, for example, as at least one radiation source 302 and / or at least one air supply line 317.
  • the at least one radiation source 302 is designed, for example, as an infrared radiation source 302 and / or as a radiation source 302 for ultraviolet light.
  • the at least one radiation source 302 is preferably at least one controllable and / or regulatable radiation source 302.
  • the at least one first energy output device 302; 317 is preferred for the targeted transmission of energy, in particular from the at least one first energy output device 302; 317 to one in an area of influence of the first energy delivery device 302; 317 arranged and / or arrangeable, preferably with Printing fluid provided printing material 02 is formed.
  • the at least one first energy output device 302; 317 is arranged to be movable, in particular relative to the transport path provided for the transport of web-shaped printing material 02.
  • the area of action of the at least one first energy output device 302 preferably cuts; 317 the transport route provided for the transport of web-shaped printing material 02.
  • the at least one first energy output device 302; 317 is arranged to be movable along an adjustment path between at least one action position and at least one shut-off position and more preferably two shut-off positions, in particular with respect to an adjustment direction S.
  • the travel path extends over at least 75% of its total distance, preferably over at least 90% of its total distance and more preferably over its entire total distance, continuously in a linear manner and / or counter to the setting direction S.
  • the total distance is the maximum distance that the travel distance between two points can be.
  • the at least one first energy output device 302; 317 is thus arranged to be movable along at least 75%, preferably at least 90% and more preferably completely linear adjustment path in and / or counter to the adjustment direction S between at least one action position and at least one stop position or preferably two different stop positions.
  • the adjustment direction S deviates from at least one horizontal direction by at most 40 °, preferably at most 30 °, more preferably at most 15 ° and even more preferably at most 5 °.
  • the setting direction S also deviates from a normal direction N by at most 40 °, preferably at most 30 °, more preferably at most 15 ° and even more preferably at most 5 °.
  • This normal direction N is preferably a normal direction N of a mean surface normal of an entire, in particular an entire Area of influence of the at least one first energy output device 302; 317 lying section of the transport route provided for web-shaped printing material 02.
  • the normal direction N of the mean surface normal is determined in particular as an average over all directions of Surface normals of tangent planes to all in the area of action of the at least one first energy delivery device 302; 317 surface elements of the transport route provided for printing material 02. If, as is preferred, the printing material 02 extends substantially vertically through the area of action of the at least one energy output device 302; 317, the normal direction N and / or the adjustment direction S is thus preferably oriented essentially horizontally.
  • the printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that at least temporarily and preferably permanently at least one and preferably exactly one along at least within the at least one dryer unit 300 and more preferably also within the at least one printing unit 200 and even more preferably in a further region a retractable, preferably endless, retraction means for retracting a printing material web 02 is arranged and / or can be arranged.
  • An arrangement within the dryer unit 300 is to be understood in particular to mean that a projection of the at least one drawing-in means in or against the axial direction A or transverse direction A extends the area of action of the at least one energy delivery device 302; 317 cuts.
  • the at least two parking positions provided are preferably provided in addition to the at least one working position.
  • one of the parking positions is a retracted position and / or one of the parking positions is an access position.
  • the pull-in position is preferably to be taken when a printing material 02 is to be pulled in by the at least one dryer unit 300.
  • the access position is preferably to be assumed when an operator has access to a side of the at least one energy output device 302; 317 should receive.
  • a shortest distance between the at least one first energy output device 302 is preferred; 317 and the transport route provided for the printing substrate 02 with the first energy output device 302 arranged in the access position; 317 larger than when the first energy delivery device 302 is arranged in the active position; 317, preferably by at least 450 mm, more preferably by at least 600 mm and even more preferably by at least 700 mm.
  • At least one measuring roller 343 and / or at least one first deflection roller 347 is arranged, which is preferably wrapped around by the transport path provided for the printing material 02 and / or the printing material 02.
  • At least one first pull roller 344 is arranged, which is assigned at least one drive motor of its own, and which is preferably from the transport route provided for the printing material 02 and / or the printing material 02 is wrapped and / or is along the transport path provided for the printing substrate 02 after the area of action of the at least one first energy output device 302; 317 and / or after the at least one measuring roller 343 and / or after the at least one first deflection roller 347, at least one second pull roller 303 is arranged, which is preferably wrapped around by the transport path provided for the printing material 02 and / or the printing material 02.
  • the at least one second pull roller 303 and / or the at least one measuring roller 343 and / or the at least one first deflecting roller 347 is preferably designed as at least one cooling roller 303.
  • At least three, more preferably at least five and even more preferably at least nine pressure rollers 306 are each individually pressed against the at least one second pull roller 303.
  • each of these pressure rollers 306 is arranged on its own lever arm, which is pivotably arranged by means of its own force element. All such lever arms are preferably arranged so as to be pivotable about a common axis.
  • At least one second deflection roller 348 is preferably arranged along the transport path provided for the printing substrate 02 after the at least one pull roller 303, which is preferably wrapped around by the transport path provided for the printing substrate 02 and / or the printing substrate 02.
  • the at least one second deflection roller 348 is identical to the at least one web guide roller 257.
  • At least one actuator is preferably arranged, by means of which a movement of the at least one energy output device 302; 317 can be carried out along the travel path.
  • the at least one actuator is designed, for example, as at least one hydraulic and / or as at least one pneumatic drive.
  • the at least one actuator is preferably designed as at least one electric drive and / or further preferably has at least one threaded spindle and at least one threaded nut interacting with it.
  • the printing machine 01 which has at least one first printing unit 200, is preferably characterized in that the at least one dryer unit 300 with the at least one first dryer 301 is arranged along the transport path provided for printing substrate 02 after the at least one first printing unit 200, which in particular is a Drying section formed area of the transport path provided for printing substrate 02, which is defined by the area of action of the at least one first dryer 301.
  • a transport direction provided for printing substrate 02 has at least one vertical, preferably downward-pointing component that is larger than any horizontal component that may be present this direction of transport.
  • the axial direction A or transverse direction A is preferably defined by a rotation axis of the at least one first pull roller 344 and / or a rotation axis of the at least one second pull roller 303, in particular as a direction parallel to this axis of rotation.
  • the setting direction S of the at least one energy output device 302; 317 is preferably linear.
  • the setting direction S of the at least one energy output device 302; 317 deviates from the axial direction A or transverse direction A by at least 50 °, preferably at least 60 °, more preferably at least 75 ° and even more preferably at least 85 °.
  • the setting direction S preferably gives way to the at least one energy output device 302; 317 in particular from at least one horizontal direction by at most 40 °, preferably at most 30 °, more preferably at most 15 ° and even more preferably at most 5 °.
  • Radiation emitted is preferably solvent and / or moisture removed from the printing material web 02 and / or from the printing fluid arranged thereon and from the ambient air recorded in an interior of the at least one first dryer 301.
  • the transport path of the printing material web 02 runs through this interior of the at least one first dryer 301.
  • At least one ventilation device in the region of the at least one energy delivery device 302 is preferred; 317 arranged.
  • the ventilation device preferably has at least one air supply line 317 and at least one air discharge line 318.
  • the at least one first dryer 301 is thus also designed as a flow dryer 301.
  • the at least one air supply line 317 is preferably arranged between at least two air discharge lines 318 along the transport path provided for printing substrate 02.
  • the at least one air supply line 317 has tubular sections and / or the at least one air supply line 317 ends in a funnel-shaped end region which has a substantially larger cross-sectional area than other sections of the at least one air supply line 317.
  • the at least one air discharge line 318 has tubular sections and / or the at least one air discharge line 318 begins in a funnel-shaped initial region which has a substantially larger cross-sectional area than other sections of the at least one air discharge line 318.
  • the at least one air supply line 317 is preferably at least one energy delivery device 317 and at least one radiation source 302 is likewise at least one energy delivery device 302.
  • the at least one dryer 301 then has at least two energy delivery devices 302; 317 on.
  • the at least one air supply line 317 and / or the at least one air discharge line 318 preferably each have at least one flexible region to which they are connected to a stationary air transport device. Is preferred on one of the at least one energy output device 302; At least one radiation shield 346 and / or at least one reflector 346 are arranged on the side of the transport path provided for the printing substrate 02 facing away from the 317.
  • At least one heat exchanger is preferably arranged, by means of the air which flows through the at least one air discharge line 318, can release energy to the air which flows through the at least one air supply line 317.
  • At least one shut-off device 349 is preferably arranged, by means of which a security area can be separated and / or separated from an environment.
  • the security area is preferably such an area that comprises at least each volume that can be taken up by the at least one energy delivery device 302 and possibly also by at least one dryer frame 351 carrying the at least one energy delivery device 302 during the movements along the travel path.
  • the security area also preferably comprises a larger room area.
  • the security area can preferably be entered from an environment through at least one closable opening in the shut-off device 349. This at least one opening can preferably be closed by means of a locking device 352, for example at least one door 352.
  • Movement of the at least one energy delivery device 302, in particular from its active position and / or its access position and / or its retracted position, is preferably only possible when the at least one closure device 352 is closed and / or when a signal transmitter arranged outside the security area is operated.
  • the at least one closure device 352 can only be opened when the at least one energy delivery device is arranged in its access position.
  • a preferred method for operating a printing press 01 can be carried out in particular by means of the printing press 01.
  • the at least one energy delivery device 302; 317 in particular by means of the at least one actuator from the active position in the Adjustment direction S along a linear adjustment path by at least 5 mm, preferably by at least 50 mm and further preferably by at least 90 mm and independently of this, for example by a maximum of 400 mm in the retracted position and stopped there.
  • At least one web-shaped printing material 02 is preferred by means of at least one drawing-in means, in particular different from each printing material 02, along the transport path provided for the printing material 02 through the area of action of the at least one energy output device 302; 317 moved in.
  • the at least one first energy output device 302; 317 in particular by means of the at least one actuator from the retracted position against the actuating direction S and moved back along the same linear adjustment path into the active position and stopped there.
  • first shutdown process and a second shutdown process in at least one drying process in the area of action of the first energy delivery device 302; 317 energy from the at least one first energy output device 302; 317 on the previously drawn web-shaped printing material 02. It is further preferred that the web-shaped printing material 02 previously drawn in is at least partially provided with at least one printing fluid in the at least one printing unit 200.
  • the at least one first energy output device 302; 317 in particular by means of the at least one actuator from the acting position in the particular same direction S along the in particular the same linear adjustment path by at least 450 mm, more preferably by at least 600 mm and even more preferably by at least 700 mm into an access position different from the retracted position and stopped there.
  • at least one maintenance operation on the at least one first is preferred Energy delivery device 302; 317, for example an exchange of at least one current-carrying component and / or cleaning of a component.
  • the at least one first energy output device 302; 317 in particular by means of the at least one actuator drive from the access position against the actuating direction S along the same linear adjustment path back to the active position and stopped there.
  • the method is preferably characterized in that the at least one drawing-in means is connected to the at least one printing substrate web 02 in one connection process by means of at least one connecting element.
  • the at least one connecting element passes a printing position of the at least one printhead 221 while it is switched off from the intended transport path and / or is arranged in at least one rest position and / or the at least one connecting element passes at least one target area of at least one nozzle of the at least one during the pulling-in process Printhead 221 and / or during the pulling-in process, no component of the at least one pulling-in means passes a target area of a nozzle of the at least one printhead 221.
  • the at least one connecting element preferably passes a working area of the at least one energy delivery device 302; 317 of the at least one first dryer 301, while this is in a storage position designed as a retracting position.
  • no component of the at least one pulling-in means passes the area of action of the at least one energy delivery device 302; 317.
  • Only at least one drawing-in means is preferably used, which is arranged in relation to the axial direction A on only one side of the intended transport path for printing material 02 and / or whose drawing-in path runs only on one side of the intended transport path for printing material 02.
  • the printing material web 02 After the printing material web 02 has passed the at least one first printing unit 200, the printing material web 02 is transported further along its transport path and preferably fed to the at least one first dryer 301 of the at least one dryer unit 300.
  • a transport path for the printing material 02 comprising one or more guiding and / or conveying means is preferably formed downstream of the last printing point 201 in such a way that the first side of the printing material web 02 printed in the at least one first printing unit 200 after passing the last printing point 201 to to the area of influence of the at least one energy output device 302; 317 of the at least one first dryer 301 does not come into contact with any component of the web printing press 01, in particular with any guidance and / or conveying means.
  • the second side of the printing material web 02 which is not printed by the first printing unit 200, preferably stands up to the area of action of the at least one energy output device 302; 317 of the at least one first dryer 301 with at least one web guiding means 257, for example at least one web guiding roller 254; 256; 257 and / or the first pull roller 344 in contact.
  • a transport direction provided for the printing substrate 02 preferably has at least one vertical, preferably downward-pointing component in at least half and more preferably in at least 75% of the entire drying section, which is larger than any horizontal component of this transport direction that may be present.
  • a motor-driven web guide roller 254 or pull roller 344 is preferably arranged, which is wrapped by the printing material 02 and / or the intended transport path with a wrap angle that is preferably at least 45 °, more preferably at least 60 ° and even more preferably at least 75 °.
  • This at least one motor-driven web guide roller 254 or pull roller 344 is preferably arranged along the printing material 02 and / or along the transport path provided for the printing material 02 after the last guide elements of the printing path 224 and before the area of action of the at least one dryer 301.
  • the at least one first dryer 301 preferably has at least one radiation source 302, which is preferably designed as a radiation source 302 for microwaves and / or for radiation in the visible range and / or in the ultraviolet range of the electromagnetic spectrum and / or more preferably as an infrared radiation source 302.
  • the at least one first dryer 301 is preferably designed as an infrared radiation dryer 301.
  • a radiation source 302, preferably infrared radiation source 302, is a device by means of which electrical energy is specifically converted into radiation, preferably infrared radiation and / or can be converted and is directed and / or can be directed onto the printing material web 02.
  • the at least one radiation source 302 forms the at least one energy output device 302.
  • the at least one radiation source 302 preferably has a defined area of action.
  • the area of action of a radiation source 302 is in each case the area which contains all the points which can be connected to the radiation source 302 in a straight line, in particular without interruption, or via reflectors provided in particular for this.
  • the area of action of the at least one first dryer 301 is preferably composed of the areas of action of all radiation sources 302 of the at least one first dryer 301 and / or of the areas of action of all air supply lines 317 of the at least one first dryer 301.
  • the area of action of the at least one first dryer 301 preferably points from the at least one radiation source 302 to a part of the transport path of the printing material web 02 closest to the at least one radiation source 302.
  • Air is preferably introduced into the interior of the at least one first dryer 301 through at least one ventilation opening of the at least one air supply line 317.
  • water and / or solvents of the printing inks to be removed from the printing material web 02 are then removed, for example, by the infrared radiation and taken up by the introduced air.
  • This air is then discharged from the at least one first dryer 301 through at least one ventilation opening and / or at least one air discharge line 318.
  • At least one first cooling device is preferably arranged in the transport direction of the printing material web 02 after the area of action of the at least one radiation source 302 of the at least one first dryer 301.
  • the at least one first cooling device preferably has the at least one first cooling roller 303 and preferably a first cooling roller press that can be adjusted and / or adjusted to the at least one first cooling roller 303 and / or the at least one and in particular several that can be adjusted and / or to the at least one first cooling roller 303 or employed pressure rollers 306.
  • At least parts of the at least one retraction path and preferably the full retraction path have a distance of at least 2 cm, more preferably at least 4 cm, in relation to each target area of each nozzle of each printhead 221 of this at least one printing unit, in relation to the axial direction A or transverse direction A preferably at least 6 cm and even more preferably at least 8 cm.
  • At least parts of the drawing-in means and more preferably the complete drawing-in means have a distance of at least 2 cm, more preferably at least 4 cm, more preferably at least 2 cm, in relation to each target area of each nozzle of each print head 221 of this at least one printing unit 200, in relation to the axial direction A or transverse direction A at least 6 cm and even more preferably at least 8 cm.
  • the at least one draw-in path and / or the at least one draw-in means is preferably arranged outside the working width of the printing press 01 with respect to the axial direction A.
  • the feed path in the area of the printing section 226 of the transport path provided for printing substrate 02 is preferably curved in exactly one direction.
  • the drawing-in means is preferably different from any printing material 02.
  • the at least one drawing-in means is designed as at least one endless drawing-in means, for example as at least one endless drawing-in belt.
  • the at least one pull-in means is alternatively as at least one finite pull-in means trained, for example as a finite webbing and / or as a finite webbing chain.
  • At least one retraction drive is preferably arranged, by means of which the at least one retraction means is arranged to be movable along the at least one retraction path.
  • an endless pull-in means it is sufficient if exactly one such pull-in drive is arranged.
  • the at least one pull-in means is finally formed.
  • At least one draw-in store is preferably arranged, in which the at least one draw-in means can be arranged at least temporarily, in particular as long as it is not used to draw in a printing material web 02.
  • the at least one pull-in means is designed as at least one finite pull-in chain.
  • the at least one drawing-in means for drawing in a printing material web 02 along the intended transport path of the printing material web 02 is preferably arranged in particular permanently along its at least one drawing-in path within the printing press 01.
  • At least one pull-in guide element is preferably arranged, by means of which at least one pull-in path of the at least one pull-in means can be fixed and / or fixed.
  • the at least one pull-in guide element is designed, for example, as at least one deflection roller.
  • the at least one pull-in guide element is alternatively designed as at least one chain rail.
  • the at least one pull-in guide element is preferably designed as at least one rotatable pull-in guide element, for example as at least one deflection roller.
  • a chain rail can also have switches for realizing different insertion paths.
  • the at least one drawing-in means for drawing in a printing material web 02 along the intended transport path of the printing material web 02 is preferably arranged in particular permanently along its at least one drawing-in path within the printing press 01.
  • the at least one pulling means preferably has at least two and more preferably at least five provided connection points at which at least one printing material web 02 can be connected directly and / or via at least one connecting element to the at least one drawing-in means.
  • the printing press 01 is preferably distinguished in that the at least two connection points are at a distance of at most 10 cm, more preferably at most 5 cm, still more preferably at most 2 cm and even more preferably not at all, based on the axial direction A or transverse direction A. and / or that the at least two connection points are spaced apart from one another along the at least one pull-in path.
  • At least one printing head 221 of the at least one printing unit 200 designed as an inkjet printing head 221 is preferably switched off from the intended transport path of the at least one printing material web 02.
  • at least one drawing-in means is preferably moved along a drawing-in path through the at least one printing unit 200 and the at least one printing material web 02 is thereby drawn along the transport path provided for the at least one printing material web 02.
  • the pull-in path and the transport path are preferably spaced apart from one another in an axial direction A or transverse direction A.
  • At least one post-processing device is arranged along the transport path of the printing material web 02 after an extraction nip and / or after a rewetting device, which is preferably designed as a single- or multi-stage folding device and / or has a sheet cutter and / or a flat delivery or is designed as a winding device.
  • the printing material web 02 is preferably folded and / or cut and / or stapled and / or sorted and / or enveloped and / or shipped and / or wound up.
  • the working width of the printing press 01 and / or the at least one first printing unit 200 and / or a width of a printing substrate 02 to be processed is, for example, at least 1500 mm, preferably at least 2000 mm and further preferably at least 2500 mm.
  • even larger working widths and / or web widths are possible through the arranged guide elements 241, in particular in connection with the arranged inner support elements 274 and / or through the adjustment direction S of the at least one energy delivery device 302.

Description

Die Erfindung betrifft eine Druckmaschine mit zumindest einem Druckaggregat und zumindest einer Trocknereinheit gemäß dem Oberbegriff des Anspruches 1.The invention relates to a printing press with at least one printing unit and at least one dryer unit according to the preamble of claim 1.

In Druckmaschinen kommen unterschiedliche Druckverfahren zum Einsatz. Unter Non Impact Druckverfahren (NIP = non impact printing) sind Druckverfahren zu verstehen, die ohne feste, also körperlich unveränderlich vorliegende Druckform auskommen. Solche Druckverfahren können in jedem Druckvorgang unterschiedliche Druckbilder erzeugen. Beispiele für Non Impact Druckverfahren sind ionografische Verfahren, magnetografische Verfahren, thermografische Verfahren, Elektrofotografie, Laserdruck und insbesondere Inkjet-Druckverfahren oder Tintenstrahldruckverfahren. Solche Druckverfahren weisen üblicherweise zumindest eine bilderzeugende Einrichtung auf, beispielsweise zumindest einen Druckkopf. Im Fall des Tintenstrahldruckverfahrens ist ein solcher Druckkopf beispielsweise als Tintenstrahldruckkopf ausgebildet und weist zumindest eine und bevorzugt mehrere Düsen auf, mittels denen gezielt zumindest ein Druckfluid, beispielsweise in Form von Tintentropfen, auf einen Bedruckstoff übertragen werden kann. Der Bedruckstoff sollte dabei einen möglichst konstanten Abstand zu der bilderzeugenden Einrichtung aufweisen, einerseits, um die Bilderzeugung zeitlich koordinieren zu können und andererseits um Beschädigungen der bilderzeugenden Einrichtung zu vermeiden.Different printing processes are used in printing machines. Non-impact printing processes (NIP = non impact printing) are printing processes that do not require a fixed, i.e. physically unchangeable printing form. Such printing processes can produce different print images in each printing process. Examples of non-impact printing processes are ionographic processes, magnetographic processes, thermographic processes, electrophotography, laser printing and in particular inkjet printing processes or inkjet printing processes. Such printing methods usually have at least one imaging device, for example at least one printhead. In the case of the inkjet printing method, such a printhead is designed, for example, as an inkjet printhead and has at least one and preferably a plurality of nozzles, by means of which at least one printing fluid, for example in the form of ink drops, can be selectively transferred to a printing material. The printing material should be as constant as possible from the image-forming device, on the one hand, in order to be able to coordinate the time of image generation and, on the other hand, to avoid damage to the image-forming device.

Beispielsweise beim Tintenstrahldruckverfahren, insbesondere im Zusammenhang mit wasserbasierter Tinte, kann es vorkommen, dass sich der Bedruckstoff verformt, beispielsweise Wellen schlägt. Solche Wellen können einerseits die Gefahr von Beschädigungen sowohl von Druckköpfen als auch des Bedruckstoffs bergen und andererseits zu geringer Druckqualität führen, beispielsweise wegen unterschiedlich langer Flugzeiten von Tropfen von Druckfluid.For example, in the inkjet printing process, in particular in connection with water-based ink, it can happen that the printing material deforms, for example waves. On the one hand, such waves can increase the risk of Damage to both printheads and the printing substrate can result in poor print quality, for example due to the different flight times of drops of printing fluid.

Durch die US 2012/0162299 A1 ist ein Druckaggregat bekannt, das mehrere Druckköpfe und feststehende Leitelemente im Bereich der Druckköpfe aufweist.Through the US 2012/0162299 A1 a printing unit is known which has a plurality of printing heads and fixed guide elements in the area of the printing heads.

Bedruckstoff der mit einem Druckfluid versehen wurde wird üblicherweise in einem späteren Verfahrensvorgang getrocknet. Es sind unterschiedliche Vorrichtungen bekannt, um einen solchen Trocknungsvorgang zu ermöglichen. Beispielweise wird eine Energieabgabeeinrichtung angeordnet, die Lösungsmittel entfernen und/oder Vernetzungsreaktionen auslösen kann. Es ist bekannt, die jeweilige Energieabgabeeinrichtung beispielsweise zu Wartungszwecken aus einer Einwirkposition in eine davon verschiedene Abstellposition zu bewegen.Printing material that has been provided with a printing fluid is usually dried in a later process. Different devices are known to enable such a drying process. For example, an energy delivery device is arranged that can remove solvents and / or trigger crosslinking reactions. It is known to move the respective energy delivery device, for example for maintenance purposes, from an active position into a different storage position.

Durch die US 2009/0013553 A1 ist eine Druckmaschine mit zumindest einer Trocknereinheit bekannt. Die Trocknereinheit weist einen Trockner auf, der parallel zu einer von dem Bedruckstoff innerhalb des Trockners eingenommenen Ebene in eine Wartungsposition bewegbar ist.Through the US 2009/0013553 A1 a printing press with at least one dryer unit is known. The dryer unit has a dryer which can be moved into a maintenance position parallel to a plane occupied by the printing material within the dryer.

Durch die CA 2 281 212 A1 ist eine Druckmaschine mit Trockner bekannt, der Heißluftdüsen aufweist und um eine Schwenkachse schwenkbar ist, um Wartungsarbeiten an einem Druckwerk vornehmen zu können.Through the CA 2 281 212 A1 a printing press with dryer is known which has hot air nozzles and can be pivoted about a pivot axis in order to be able to carry out maintenance work on a printing unit.

Durch die EP 1 445 563 A2 ist ein Trockner bekannt, der nach oben angehoben werden kann um eine Bahn einzuziehen und zusätzlich horizontal verschoben werden kann, um Wartungsarbeiten an den Rollen unterhalb des Trockners vorzunehmen.Through the EP 1 445 563 A2 a dryer is known which can be lifted upwards to draw in a web and can also be moved horizontally in order to carry out maintenance work on the rollers below the dryer.

Durch die DE 10 2013 208 754 A1 ist eine Druckmaschine mit Trockner bekannt, wobei im Bereich eines Druckwerks ein Einziehmittel beschrieben ist.Through the DE 10 2013 208 754 A1 is known a printing press with dryer, wherein a drawing-in means is described in the area of a printing unit.

Durch die EP 2 047 992 A2 ist eine Druckmaschine mit Trockner bekannt.Through the EP 2 047 992 A2 a printing press with dryer is known.

Die DE 199 03 607 A1 zeigt eine Flexodruckmaschine mit radial abstellbaren Trocknereinheiten.The DE 199 03 607 A1 shows a flexographic printing machine with radially adjustable dryer units.

Die WO 2013/056292 A1 zeigt eine Druckmaschine mit einem Trockner, der gemeinsam mit einem Druckkopf bewegbar ist, wobei deren Abstand zueinander einstellbar ist.The WO 2013/056292 A1 shows a printing press with a dryer which is movable together with a print head, the distance between which is adjustable.

Die DE 10 2011 076899 A1 zeigt eine Druckmaschine mit Tintenstrahldruckkopf, Strahlungstrockner und Kühlwalze.The DE 10 2011 076899 A1 shows a printing machine with inkjet printhead, radiation dryer and cooling roller.

Der Erfindung liegt die Aufgabe zugrunde, eine Druckmaschine mit zumindest einem Druckaggregat und zumindest einer Trocknereinheit zu schaffen.The invention has for its object to provide a printing press with at least one printing unit and at least one dryer unit.

Die Aufgabe wird erfindungsgemäß durch die Merkmale des Anspruches 1 gelöst.The object is achieved by the features of claim 1.

Eine Druckmaschine weist zumindest ein Druckaggregat und zumindest eine Trocknereinheit auf. Die die zumindest eine Trocknereinheit weist zumindest einen ersten Trockner auf, der bevorzugt als zumindest ein Strahlungstrockner ausgebildet ist. Der zumindest eine erste Trockner weist zumindest eine erste bevorzugt steuerbare und/oder regelbare Energieabgabeeinrichtung auf. Die zumindest eine erste Energieabgabeeinrichtung ist beispielsweise als zumindest eine Strahlungsquelle und/oder zumindest eine Luftzufuhrleitung ausgebildet. Die zumindest eine Strahlungsquelle ist beispielsweise als Infrarotstrahlungsquelle und/oder als Strahlungsquelle für ultraviolettes Licht und/oder als Strahlungsquelle für elektromagnetische Strahlung im Sichtbaren Bereich und/oder als Strahlungsquelle für Mikrowellenstrahlung ausgebildet. Die zumindest eine Strahlungsquelle ist bevorzugt zumindest eine steuerbar und/oder regelbar Strahlungsquelle. Die zumindest eine erste Energieabgabeeinrichtung ist bevorzugt zum gezielten Übertragen von Energie insbesondere von der zumindest einen ersten Energieabgabeeinrichtung auf einen in einem Einwirkbereich der ersten Energieabgabeeinrichtung angeordneten und/oder anordenbaren, bevorzugt zumindest teilweise mit Druckfluid versehenen Bedruckstoff ausgebildet. Die zumindest eine erste Energieabgabeeinrichtung ist bewegbar angeordnet, insbesondere relativ zu einem für einen Transport von bahnförmigen Bedruckstoff vorgesehenen Transportweg. Bevorzugt schneidet der Einwirkbereich der zumindest einen ersten Energieabgabeeinrichtung einen für einen Transport von bahnförmigen Bedruckstoff vorgesehenen Transportweg. Der zumindest eine Trockner ist bevorzugt als Strahlungstrockner ausgebildet.A printing press has at least one printing unit and at least one dryer unit. The at least one dryer unit has at least one first dryer, which is preferably designed as at least one radiation dryer. The at least one first dryer has at least one first preferably controllable and / or regulatable energy delivery device. The at least one first energy output device is designed, for example, as at least one radiation source and / or at least one air supply line. The at least one Radiation source is designed, for example, as an infrared radiation source and / or as a radiation source for ultraviolet light and / or as a radiation source for electromagnetic radiation in the visible range and / or as a radiation source for microwave radiation. The at least one radiation source is preferably at least one controllable and / or regulatable radiation source. The at least one first energy delivery device is preferably designed for the targeted transfer of energy, in particular from the at least one first energy delivery device to a printing material which is arranged and / or can be arranged and / or can be arranged in an active region of the first energy delivery device, preferably at least partially provided with printing fluid. The at least one first energy delivery device is arranged to be movable, in particular relative to one for transporting web-shaped ones Media provided for the transport route. The area of action of the at least one first energy output device preferably intersects a transport path provided for the transport of web-shaped printing material. The at least one dryer is preferably designed as a radiation dryer.

Die zumindest eine erste Energieabgabeeinrichtung ist entlang eines Stellwegs zwischen zumindest einer Einwirkposition und zumindest einer Abstellposition und weiter bevorzugt zwei insbesondere in Bezug auf eine Stellrichtung verschiedenen Abstellpositionen bewegbar angeordnet. Der Stellweg erstreckt sich über zumindest 75 % seiner Gesamtstrecke, bevorzugt über zumindest 90 % seiner Gesamtstrecke und weiter bevorzugt über seine vollständige Gesamtstrecke durchgehend linear in und/oder entgegen einer Stellrichtung. Die Gesamtstrecke ist dabei die maximale Strecke, die der Stellweg zwischen zwei Punkten betragen kann. Anders ausgedrückt ist die zumindest eine erste Energieabgabeeinrichtung entlang eines zu zumindest 75 %, bevorzugt zu zumindest 90 %, und weiter bevorzugt vollständig linearen Stellwegs in und/oder entgegen einer Stellrichtung zwischen zumindest einer Einwirkposition und zumindest einer Abstellposition und weiter bevorzugt zwei verschiedenen Abstellpositionen bewegbar angeordnet. Das bedeutet insbesondere, dass der Stellweg entlang seiner Gesamtstrecke zu bevorzugt zumindest 75 %, weiter bevorzugt zumindest 90 % und noch weiter bevorzugt 100 % dieser Gesamtstrecke durchgehend und ohne zwischengeordnete Abweichung linear und zugleich in oder entgegen der Stellrichtung verläuft. Lediglich an einem Beginn und/oder an einem Ende des Stellwegs sind Abweichungen von dieser Stellrichtung denkbar.The at least one first energy delivery device is arranged to be movable along an adjustment path between at least one action position and at least one shut-off position and more preferably two shut-off positions, in particular with respect to an adjustment direction. The travel path extends over at least 75% of its total distance, preferably over at least 90% of its total distance and more preferably over its entire total distance, continuously in a linear manner and / or counter to an actuating direction. The total distance is the maximum distance that the travel path between two points can be. In other words, the at least one first energy delivery device is arranged to be movable along an at least 75%, preferably at least 90%, and more preferably completely linear adjustment path in and / or against an adjustment direction between at least one active position and at least one shut-off position and further preferably two different shut-off positions . This means, in particular, that the actuating path along its entire distance is preferably linear at least 75%, more preferably at least 90% and even more preferably 100% of this total distance and without any intermediate deviation and at the same time in or against the actuating direction. Deviations from this setting direction are only conceivable at the beginning and / or at the end of the travel.

Die Stellrichtung weicht bevorzugt von zumindest einer horizontalen Richtung um höchstens 40°, weiter bevorzugt höchstens 30°, noch weiter bevorzugt höchstens 15° und noch weiter bevorzugt höchstens 5° ab. Die Stellrichtung weicht weiterhin um bevorzugt höchstens 40°, weiter bevorzugt höchstens 30°, noch weiter bevorzugt höchstens 15° und noch weiter bevorzugt höchstens 5° ab von einer Normalrichtung, wobei diese Normalrichtung eine Normalrichtung einer mittleren Flächennormalen eines gesamten in einem insbesondere gesamten Einwirkbereich der zumindest einen ersten Energieabgabeeinrichtung liegenden Abschnitts eines für bahnförmigen Bedruckstoff vorgesehenen Transportwegs ist. Die Normalrichtung der mittleren Flächennormale ist bestimmt als ein Mittelwert über alle Richtungen von Flächennormalen von Tangentenebenen an sämtliche im Einwirkbereich der zumindest einen ersten Energieabgabeeinrichtung liegenden Flächenelemente des für den Bedruckstoff vorgesehenen Transportwegs. Der Stellweg ist dabei insbesondere derjenige Weg, entlang dem ein zumindest ein geometrischer Schwerpunkt des bewegbaren Bauteils, insbesondere des ersten Trockners 301 bewegt wird und/oder bewegbar ist. Beispielsweise ist der Stellweg derjenige Weg, entlang und/oder parallel zu dem die zumindest eine Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302 bewegt wird und/oder bewegbar ist.The setting direction preferably deviates from at least one horizontal direction by at most 40 °, more preferably at most 30 °, even more preferably at most 15 ° and even more preferably at most 5 °. The setting direction also deviates from a normal direction by preferably at most 40 °, more preferably at most 30 °, even more preferably at most 15 ° and even more preferably at most 5 °, this Normal direction is a normal direction of an average surface normal of an entire section of a transport path provided for web-shaped printing material that is located in an in particular entire area of influence of the at least one first energy output device. The normal direction of the mean surface normal is determined as an average over all directions of surface normals from tangent planes to all surface elements of the transport path provided for the printing material, which are in the area of action of the at least one first energy output device. The adjustment path is in particular the path along which an at least one geometric center of gravity of the movable component, in particular of the first dryer 301, is moved and / or can be moved. For example, the adjustment path is the path along and / or parallel to which the at least one energy output device 302 is moved and / or can be moved.

Ein Vorteil besteht darin, dass auf diese Weise durch ein entsprechendes Abstellen der Energieabgabeeinrichtung, insbesondere von dem für den Bedruckstoff vorgesehenen Transportweg, ein Raum geschaffen werden kann, in den eine Bedienperson hineingreifen kann und/oder den eine Bedienperson betreten kann, beispielsweise um die zumindest eine Energieabgabeeinrichtung zu warten und/oder um Zugriff auf einen innerhalb des Einwirkbereichs angeordneten Abschnitt des Transportwegs des Bedruckstoffs zu erhalten. Insbesondere bei breiten Bedruckstoffbahnen zahlt sich dabei aus, dass die Stellrichtung einen notwendigen Stellweg von einer Breite der Bedruckstoffbahn unabhängig macht. Ein weiterer Vorteil besteht darin, dass eine Abstellung in der Stellrichtung auch bei sehr kleinem Stellweg einen Einzug einer Bedruckstoffbahn durch den zumindest einen ersten Trockner ermöglicht. Insbesondere kann damit ein Einziehvorgang beschleunigt werden, weil weniger Zeit aufzuwenden ist, als wenn die zumindest eine Energieabgabeeinrichtung immer in eine relativ weit entfernte Position bewegt werden müsste. Ein Vorteil einer im Wesentlichen horizontalen Stellrichtung besteht darin, dass eine aufrecht stehende Bedienperson auch bei relativ geringem Stellweg ausreichend Platz zur Verfügung hat, insbesondere unabhängig von der Breite des Bedruckstoffs.An advantage is that in this way, by appropriately turning off the energy delivery device, in particular from the transport route provided for the printing material, a space can be created into which an operator can reach and / or an operator can enter, for example by at least to maintain an energy delivery device and / or to obtain access to a section of the transport path of the printing material arranged within the exposure region. Particularly in the case of wide printing material webs, it pays off that the adjustment direction makes a necessary positioning path independent of the width of the printing material web. Another advantage is that a shutdown in the direction of adjustment allows a printing material web to be drawn in through the at least one first dryer, even with a very small adjustment path. In particular, this can accelerate a pull-in process because less time is required than if the at least one energy output device would always have to be moved to a relatively far away position. One advantage of an essentially horizontal adjustment direction is that an upright operator has sufficient space available, even with a relatively short adjustment path, in particular independently of the width of the substrate.

Bevorzugt zeichnet sich die Druckmaschine dadurch aus, dass zumindest innerhalb der zumindest einen Trocknereinheit und weiter bevorzugt auch innerhalb des zumindest einen Druckaggregats zumindest zeitweise und bevorzugt dauerhaft zumindest ein und bevorzugt genau ein entlang zumindest eines Einziehwegs bewegbares, bevorzugt endloses Einziehmittel zum Einziehen einer Bedruckstoffbahn angeordnet und/oder anordenbar ist. Unter einer Anordnung innerhalb der Trocknereinheit ist dabei insbesondere zu verstehen, dass eine Projektion des zumindest einen Einziehmittels in oder entgegen einer axialen Richtung oder Querrichtung einen Einwirkbereich der zumindest einen Energieabgabeeinrichtung schneidet. Die axiale Richtung oder Querrichtung erstreckt sich bevorzugt parallel zu einer Rotationsachse zumindest eines Bedruckstoffleitelements der Druckmaschine und insbesondere der Trocknereinheit.The printing press is preferably characterized in that at least temporarily and preferably permanently at least one and preferably exactly one, preferably endless, retractable retraction means for retracting a printing material web is arranged within the at least one dryer unit and more preferably also within the at least one printing unit, and / or can be arranged. An arrangement within the dryer unit is to be understood in particular to mean that a projection of the at least one drawing-in means in or against an axial direction or transverse direction intersects an area of action of the at least one energy output device. The axial direction or transverse direction preferably extends parallel to an axis of rotation of at least one printing material guide element of the printing press and in particular of the dryer unit.

Bevorzugt zeichnet sich die Druckmaschine dadurch aus, dass zumindest Teile des zumindest einen Einziehwegs und weiter bevorzugt der gesamte Einziehweg auf die axiale Richtung oder Querrichtung bezogen zu jedem Zielbereich jeder Düse jedes Druckkopfs dieses zumindest einen Druckaggregats einen Abstand von zumindest 2 cm aufweisen. Bevorzugt weisen zumindest Teile des zumindest einen Einziehwegs und weist bevorzugt der vollständige Einziehweg auf die axiale Richtung bezogen zu jedem Zielbereich jeder Düse jedes Druckkopfs dieses zumindest einen Druckaggregats einen Abstand von zumindest 2 cm, weiter bevorzugt zumindest 4 cm, noch weiter bevorzugt zumindest 6 cm und noch weiter bevorzugt zumindest 8 cm auf. Bevorzugt weisen zumindest Teile des Einziehmittels und weiter bevorzugt das vollständige Einziehmittel auf die axiale Richtung bezogen zu jedem Zielbereich jeder Düse jedes Druckkopfs dieses zumindest einen Druckaggregats einen Abstand von zumindest 2 cm, weiter bevorzugt zumindest 4 cm, noch weiter bevorzugt zumindest 6 cm und noch weiter bevorzugt zumindest 8 cm auf. Daraus ergibt sich insbesondere in Kombination mit der möglichen Stellbewegung der zumindest einen Energieabgabeeinrichtung des zumindest einen ersten Trockners der Vorteil, dass eine Bedruckstoffbahn besonders einfach und schnell und präzise in die Druckmaschine eingezogen werden kann und dennoch keine Gefahr besteht, dass dabei Beschädigungen und/oder Verschmutzungen von Düsen von Druckköpfen und/oder von Bestandteilen der Trocknereinheit auftreten könnten.The printing machine is preferably characterized in that at least parts of the at least one retraction path and more preferably the entire retraction path are at a distance of at least 2 cm in relation to each target area of each nozzle of each printhead of this at least one printing unit, in relation to the axial direction or transverse direction. Preferably, at least parts of the at least one retraction path and preferably the full retraction path have a distance of at least 2 cm, more preferably at least 4 cm, even more preferably at least 6 cm, and in relation to each target area of each nozzle of each printhead of this at least one printing unit even more preferably at least 8 cm. Preferably, at least parts of the drawing-in means and more preferably the complete drawing-in means have a distance of at least 2 cm, more preferably at least 4 cm, even more preferably at least 6 cm and even more in relation to each target area of each nozzle of each printhead of this at least one printing unit in relation to the axial direction preferably at least 8 cm. This results in particular in combination with the possible actuating movement of the at least one energy delivery device of the at least one A first dryer has the advantage that a printing material web can be drawn into the printing press particularly easily and quickly and precisely and yet there is no danger that damage and / or soiling of nozzles of print heads and / or components of the dryer unit could occur.

Bevorzugt zeichnet sich die Druckmaschine dadurch aus, dass zumindest eine Bedruckstoffbahn über zumindest ein Verbindungselement mit dem zumindest einen Einziehmittel verbunden und/oder verbindbar ist, wobei weiter bevorzugt das zumindest eine Verbindungselement als zumindest eine Einziehspitze ausgebildet ist. Bevorzugt zeichnet sich die Druckmaschine dadurch aus, dass das zumindest eine Einziehmittel als zumindest ein endloses Einziehband ausgebildet ist und/oder dass zumindest ein Einziehleitelement angeordnet ist, mittels dem der zumindest eine Einziehweg des zumindest einen Einziehmittels festlegbar und/oder festgelegt ist, wobei weiter bevorzugt das zumindest eine Einziehleitelement als zumindest eine Umlenkrolle oder als zumindest eine Kettenschiene ausgebildet ist und/oder das zumindest eine Einziehleitelement als zumindest ein rotierbares Einziehleitelement ausgebildet ist.The printing press is preferably characterized in that at least one printing material web is connected and / or connectable to the at least one drawing-in means via at least one connecting element, further preferably the at least one connecting element being designed as at least one drawing-in tip. The printing press is preferably characterized in that the at least one drawing-in means is designed as at least one endless drawing-in belt and / or in that at least one drawing-in guide element is arranged, by means of which the at least one drawing-in path of the at least one drawing-in means can be fixed and / or fixed, further preferred the at least one pull-in guide element is designed as at least one deflection roller or as at least one chain rail and / or the at least one pull-in guide element is designed as at least one rotatable pull-in guide element.

Bevorzugt ist das zumindest eine Einziehmittel zum Einziehen einer Bedruckstoffbahn entlang des vorgesehenen Transportwegs der Bedruckstoffbahn insbesondere dauerhaft entlang seines zumindest einen Einziehwegs innerhalb der Druckmaschine angeordnet. Bevorzugt weist das zumindest eine Einziehmittel jeweils zumindest zwei und weiter bevorzugt zumindest fünf vorgesehene Verbindungsstellen auf, an denen zumindest eine Bedruckstoffbahn direkt und/oder über zumindest ein Verbindungselement mit dem zumindest einen Einziehmittel verbindbar ist. Bevorzugt zeichnet sich die Druckmaschine dadurch aus, dass die zumindest zwei Verbindungsstellen auf die axiale Richtung bezogen ein Abstand von höchstens 10 cm, weiter bevorzugt höchstens 5 cm, noch weiter bevorzugt höchstens 2 cm und noch weiter bevorzugt gar keinen Abstand zueinander aufweisen und/oder dass die zumindest zwei Verbindungsstellen entlang des zumindest einen Einziehwegs voneinander beabstandet sind.The at least one drawing-in means for drawing in a printing material web along the intended transport path of the printing material web is preferably arranged in particular permanently along its at least one drawing-in path within the printing press. The at least one drawing-in means preferably has at least two and more preferably at least five provided connection points at which at least one printing material web can be connected directly and / or via at least one connecting element to the at least one drawing-in means. The printing machine is preferably characterized in that the at least two connection points are at a distance of at most 10 cm, more preferably at most 5 cm, still more preferably at most 2 cm and still more preferably have no spacing from one another in relation to the axial direction, and / or that the at least two connection points are spaced apart from one another along the at least one pull-in path.

Bevorzugt wird vor einem Einziehen der Bedruckstoffbahn durch das zumindest eine Druckaggregat zumindest ein als Tintenstrahldruckkopf ausgebildeter Druckkopf des zumindest einen Druckaggregats von dem vorgesehenen Transportweg der zumindest einen Bedruckstoffbahn abgestellt. Bevorzugt wird danach in einem Teilvorgang eines Einziehvorgangs zumindest ein Einziehmittel entlang eines Einziehwegs durch das zumindest eine Druckaggregat bewegt und dabei die zumindest eine Bedruckstoffbahn entlang des für die zumindest eine Bedruckstoffbahn vorgesehenen Transportwegs gezogen. Bevorzugt sind der Einziehweg und der Transportweg in einer axialen Richtung gesehen voneinander beabstandet.Before the printing material web is drawn in by the at least one printing unit, at least one printing head of the at least one printing unit designed as an inkjet printing head is shut off from the intended transport path of the at least one printing material web. Thereafter, in a sub-process of a drawing-in process, at least one drawing-in means is preferably moved along a drawing-in path through the at least one printing unit and the at least one printing material web is thereby drawn along the transport path provided for the at least one printing material web. The pull-in path and the transport path are preferably spaced apart from one another as seen in an axial direction.

Bevorzugt zeichnet sich die Druckmaschine alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass zumindest zwei insbesondere in Bezug auf die Stellrichtung unterschiedliche Abstellpositionen der zumindest einen ersten Energieabgabeeinrichtung vorgesehen sind, in denen die zumindest eine erste Energieabgabeeinrichtung je nach Betriebsart gezielt anordenbar ist. Bevorzugt sind die zumindest zwei vorgesehene Abstellpositionen zusätzlich zu der zumindest einen Einwirkposition vorgesehen. Beispielsweise ist eine der Abstellpositionen eine Einziehposition und/oder ist eine der Abstellpositionen eine Zugangsposition. Beispielsweise ist ein kürzester Abstand zwischen der zumindest einen ersten Energieabgabeeinrichtung und dem für den Bedruckstoff vorgesehenen Transportweg bei in der Zugangsposition angeordneter erster Energieabgabeeinrichtung größer als bei in der Einziehposition angeordneter erster Energieabgabeeinrichtung. Insbesondere ist ein kürzester Abstand zwischen der zumindest einen ersten Energieabgabeeinrichtung und dem für den Bedruckstoff vorgesehenen Transportweg bei in der Einziehposition angeordneter erster Energieabgabeeinrichtung größer als bei in der Einwirkposition angeordneter erster Energieabgabeeinrichtung, bevorzugt um zumindest 5 mm, weiter bevorzugt um zumindest 50 mm und noch weiter bevorzugt um zumindest 90 mm und unabhängig davon beispielsweise um höchstens 400 mm. Bevorzugt ist ein kürzester Abstand zwischen der zumindest einen ersten Energieabgabeeinrichtung und dem für den Bedruckstoff vorgesehenen Transportweg bei in der Zugangsposition angeordneter erster Energieabgabeeinrichtung größer als bei in der Einwirkposition angeordneter erster Energieabgabeeinrichtung, bevorzugt um zumindest 450 mm, weiter bevorzugt um zumindest 600 mm und noch weiter bevorzugt um zumindest 700 mm.As an alternative or in addition, the printing press is preferably characterized in that at least two parking positions of the at least one first energy output device, which are different in particular with respect to the actuating direction, are provided, in which the at least one first energy output device can be arranged in a targeted manner depending on the operating mode. The at least two parking positions provided are preferably provided in addition to the at least one working position. For example, one of the parking positions is a retracted position and / or one of the parking positions is an access position. For example, a shortest distance between the at least one first energy delivery device and the transport path provided for the printing material is greater when the first energy delivery device is arranged in the access position than when the first energy delivery device is arranged in the retracted position. In particular, a shortest distance between the at least one first energy delivery device and the transport path provided for the printing material is greater with the first energy delivery device arranged in the retracted position than with the first energy delivery device arranged in the action position, preferably by at least 5 mm, more preferably by at least 50 mm and even further preferably by at least 90 mm and independently of it, for example by at most 400 mm. A shortest distance between the at least one first energy output device and is preferred the transport path provided for the printing material when the first energy delivery device is arranged in the access position is greater than when the first energy delivery device is arranged in the active position, preferably by at least 450 mm, more preferably by at least 600 mm and even more preferably by at least 700 mm.

Bevorzugt zeichnet sich die Druckmaschine alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass das zumindest eine Druckaggregat zumindest zwei insbesondere als Druckköpfe ausgebildete bilderzeugende Einrichtungen aufweist. Erfindungsgemäß zeichnet sich die Druckmaschine dadurch aus, dass das zumindest eine Druckaggregat zumindest einen Tintenstrahldruckkopf und weiter bevorzugt zumindest zwei Tintenstrahldruckköpfe aufweist.As an alternative or in addition, the printing press is preferably distinguished by the fact that the at least one printing unit has at least two image-forming devices, in particular in the form of print heads. According to the invention, the printing press is characterized in that the at least one printing unit has at least one inkjet print head and more preferably at least two inkjet print heads.

Bevorzugt zeichnet sich die Druckmaschine alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass eine durch eine geradlinige Verbindung zwischen einem auf einen Druckabschnitt des für Bedruckstoff vorgesehenen Transportwegs bezogen ersten Leitelement des der zumindest einen Trocknereinheit vorgeordneten zumindest einen Druckaggregats und einem auf den Druckabschnitt des für Bedruckstoff vorgesehenen Transportwegs bezogen letzten Leitelement des der zumindest einen Trocknereinheit vorgeordneten zumindest einen Druckaggregats festgelegte Hauptförderrichtung des der zumindest einen Trocknereinheit vorgeordneten zumindest einen Druckaggregats bei in ihrer Arbeitsposition angeordneten Leitelementen dieses zumindest einen Druckaggregats eine nach oben weisende Komponente aufweist. Beispielsweise zeichnet sich die Druckmaschine alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass der vorgesehene Transportweg von einem Anfang des Druckabschnitts in dem zumindest einen Druckaggregat bis zu einem Ende des Einwirkbereichs der zumindest einen ersten Energieabgabeeinrichtung abgesehen von geraden Abschnitten nur in eine Richtung gekrümmt ist, insbesondere konvex bezogen auf die in dem zumindest einen Druckaggregat bedruckte Seite des Bedruckstoffs. Ein Vorteil besteht dann darin, dass nach einem aufsteigenden Verlauf des Transportwegs des Bedruckstoffs durch das zumindest eine Druckaggregat ein im Wesentlichen nach unten verlaufender Transportweg durch den zumindest einen Trockner ermöglicht wird, wobei eine frisch bedruckte Seite des Bedruckstoffs zwischen Druckaggregat und Trockner nicht mit Bestandteilen der Druckmaschine in Kontakt zu kommen braucht. Bevorzugt zeichnet sich die Druckmaschine alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass eine für den bahnförmigen Bedruckstoff vorgesehene Transportrichtung in dem Einwirkbereich der zumindest einen Energieabgabeeinrichtung eine vertikale Komponente aufweist, die nach unten weist.Preferably, the printing press is alternatively or additionally characterized in that a linear connection between a first guide element, related to a printing section of the transport path intended for printing material, of the at least one printing unit arranged upstream of the at least one dryer unit, and a reference to the printing section of the transport path intended for printing material The last guide element of the at least one pressure unit arranged upstream of the at least one dryer unit, the main conveying direction of the at least one pressure unit arranged upstream of the at least one dryer unit, with guide elements of this at least one pressure unit arranged in their working position having an upward-pointing component. For example, the printing press is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the intended transport path is curved in one direction only, in particular convexly, apart from straight sections, from a start of the printing section in the at least one printing unit to an end of the area of action of the at least one first energy output device on the side of the printing material printed in the at least one printing unit. One advantage is then that after an ascending course of the transport path of the printing material through the at least one printing unit enables a substantially downward transport path through the at least one dryer, a freshly printed side of the printing material between the printing unit and dryer not having to come into contact with components of the printing press. As an alternative or in addition, the printing press is preferably distinguished in that a transport direction provided for the web-shaped printing material has a vertical component in the area of action of the at least one energy output device, which component points downward.

Bevorzugt zeichnet sich die Druckmaschine alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass das zumindest eine Druckaggregat zumindest zwei Tintenstrahldruckköpfe aufweist, durch die jeweils Auftragstellen für Druckfluid festgelegt sind und dass durch zumindest zwei feststehende Leitelemente des zumindest einen Druckaggregats ein für Bedruckstoff vorgesehener Transportweg durch das Druckaggregat festgelegt ist und dass ein Druckabschnitt des für Bedruckstoff vorgesehenen Transportwegs an einer entlang dieses vorgesehenen Transportwegs ersten Auftragstelle des Druckaggregats beginnt und an einer entlang dieses vorgesehenen Transportwegs letzten Auftragstelle des Druckaggregats endet und dass entlang des Druckabschnitts dieses vorgesehenen Transportwegs zumindest fünf feststehende, den vorgesehenen Transportweg mit festlegende Leitelemente hintereinander angeordnet sind.As an alternative or in addition, the printing press is preferably distinguished by the fact that the at least one printing unit has at least two ink-jet printing heads, by means of which job locations for printing fluid are defined, and that a transport path through the printing unit, which is intended for printing material, is defined by at least two fixed guide elements of the at least one printing unit and that a printing section of the transport path provided for printing material begins at a first application point of the printing unit along this transport path and ends at a last application point of the printing unit along this transport path, and that at least five fixed guide elements defining the intended transport path along the printing section of this transport path are arranged one behind the other.

Bevorzugt zeichnet sich die Druckmaschine alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass entlang des für den Bedruckstoff vorgesehenen Transportwegs nach dem Einwirkbereich der zumindest einen ersten Energieabgabeeinrichtung zumindest eine Messwalze und/oder zumindest eine erste Umlenkwalze angeordnet ist, die bevorzugt von dem für den Bedruckstoff vorgesehenen Transportweg und/oder von dem Bedruckstoff umschlungen wird. Bevorzugt zeichnet sich die Druckmaschine alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass entlang des für den Bedruckstoff vorgesehenen Transportwegs vor dem Einwirkbereich der zumindest einen ersten Energieabgabeeinrichtung zumindest eine erste Zugwalze angeordnet ist, der zumindest ein eigener Antriebsmotor zugeordnet ist und die bevorzugt von dem für den Bedruckstoff vorgesehenen Transportweg und/oder dem Bedruckstoff umschlungen wird und/oder dass entlang des für den Bedruckstoff vorgesehenen Transportwegs nach dem Einwirkbereich der zumindest einen ersten Energieabgabeeinrichtung und/oder nach der zumindest einen Messwalze und/oder nach der zujmindest einen ersten Umlenkwalze zumindest eine zweite Zugwalze angeordnet ist, die bevorzugt von dem für den Bedruckstoff vorgesehenen Transportweg und/oder dem Bedruckstoff umschlungen wird. Ein Vorteil besteht darin, dass eine Bahnspannung innerhalb des Trockners dadurch gemessen und/oder gezielt beeinflusst und/oder aufrecht erhalten werden kann. Bevorzugt zeichnet sich die Druckmaschine alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass die zumindest eine zweite Zugwalze und/oder die zumindest eine Messwalze und/oder die zumindest eine erste Umlenkwalze als zumindest eine Kühlwalze ausgebildet ist. Ein Vorteil besteht dann darin, dass ein hoher Energieeintrag in dem Trockner möglich ist, weil der Bedruckstoff im Anschluss wieder abgekühlt wird und dadurch Beschädigungen des Bedruckstoffs geringer gehalten werden, als wenn der Bedruckstoff dauerhaft auf entsprechend hohen Temperaturen gehalten würde.Preferably, the printing press is alternatively or additionally characterized in that at least one measuring roller and / or at least one first deflecting roller is arranged along the transport path provided for the printing material after the area of action of the at least one first energy output device, which is preferably of the transport path provided for the printing material and / or is wrapped around by the printing material. As an alternative or in addition, the printing press is preferably distinguished in that at least along the transport path provided for the printing material in front of the area of action of the at least one first energy output device a first pull roller is arranged, which is assigned at least one separate drive motor and which is preferably wrapped around by the transport path intended for the printing material and / or the printing material and / or that along the transport path provided for the printing material after the area of action of the at least one first energy output device and / or after the at least one measuring roller and / or after the at least one first deflecting roller at least one second pulling roller is arranged, which is preferably wrapped around by the transport path intended for the printing material and / or the printing material. One advantage is that a web tension within the dryer can be measured and / or influenced and / or maintained in a targeted manner. As an alternative or in addition, the printing press is preferably characterized in that the at least one second drawing roller and / or the at least one measuring roller and / or the at least one first deflecting roller is designed as at least one cooling roller. One advantage is that a high energy input in the dryer is possible because the printing material is then cooled again and damage to the printing material is kept to a lesser extent than if the printing material were kept at correspondingly high temperatures.

Bevorzugt zeichnet sich die Druckmaschine alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass zumindest eine, bevorzugt jedoch mehrere, beispielsweise zumindest drei, weiter bevorzugt zumindest fünf und noch weiter bevorzugt zumindest neun Anpressrollen jeweils individuell gegen die zumindest eine zweite Zugwalze gepresst angeordnet sind. Ein Vorteil besteht dann darin, dass eine Verbesserung des Kontakts des Bedruckstoffs mit der zweiten Zugwalze erreichbar ist, was zum einen die Beeinflussung der Bahnspannung erleichtert und zum anderen gegebenenfalls eine verbesserte Wärmeübertragung zur Kühlwalze ermöglicht.Preferably, the printing press is alternatively or additionally characterized in that at least one, but preferably several, for example at least three, more preferably at least five and even more preferably at least nine pressure rollers are each individually pressed against the at least one second pull roller. One advantage then is that an improvement in the contact of the printing material with the second draw roller can be achieved, which on the one hand makes it easier to influence the web tension and on the other hand enables improved heat transfer to the cooling roll.

Bevorzugt zeichnet sich die Druckmaschine alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass zumindest ein Stellantrieb angeordnet ist, mittels dem eine Bewegung der zumindest einen Energieabgabeeinrichtung entlang des Stellwegs durchführbar ist. Der zumindest eine Stellantrieb ist beispielweise als zumindest ein hydraulischer und/oder als zumindest ein pneumatischer Antrieb ausgebildet. Bevorzugt ist der zumindest eine Stellantrieb als zumindest ein elektrischer Antrieb ausgebildet und/oder weiter bevorzugt zumindest eine Gewindespindel und zumindest eine damit zusammenwirkende Gewindemutter aufweist. Ein Vorteil besteht dann darin, dass besonders einfache und präzise Stellbewegungen und Positionierungen durchführbar sind.As an alternative or in addition, the printing press is preferably characterized in that at least one actuator is arranged, by means of which a movement of the at least one an energy delivery device can be carried out along the actuating path. The at least one actuator is designed, for example, as at least one hydraulic and / or as at least one pneumatic drive. The at least one actuator is preferably designed as at least one electric drive and / or further preferably has at least one threaded spindle and at least one threaded nut interacting with it. One advantage then is that particularly simple and precise actuating movements and positioning can be carried out.

Bevorzugt zeichnet sich die das zumindest eine erste Druckaggregat aufweisende Druckmaschine dadurch aus, dass entlang des für Bedruckstoff vorgesehenen Transportwegs nach dem zumindest einen ersten Druckaggregat die zumindest eine Trocknereinheit mit dem zumindest einen ersten Trockner angeordnet ist, der einen insbesondere als Trocknungsabschnitt ausgebildeten Bereich des für Bedruckstoff vorgesehenen Transportwegs aufweist, der durch den Einwirkbereich des zumindest einen Trockners festgelegt ist. Bevorzugt weist in zumindest der Hälfte und weiter bevorzugt zumindest in 75 % des gesamten Trocknungsabschnitts des für Bedruckstoff vorgesehenen Transportwegs eine für den Bedruckstoff vorgesehene Transportrichtung zumindest eine vertikale, bevorzugt nach unten weisende Komponente auf, die größer ist, als jede gegebenenfalls vorhandene horizontale Komponente dieser Transportrichtung. Dadurch ergibt sich ein besonders sicherer Aufbau, weil auch bei einem Stillstand und/oder einem Reißen der Bedruckstoffbahn verhindert wird, dass Bedruckstoff direkt über und/oder auf heißen Bauteilen des Trockner liegen bleibt und beschädigt wird oder gar Feuer fängt.The printing machine, which has at least one first printing unit, is preferably characterized in that the at least one dryer unit with the at least one first dryer is arranged along the transport path provided for the printing medium after the at least one first printing unit, and has an area, in particular designed as a drying section, of the for printing medium provided intended transport path, which is defined by the area of action of the at least one dryer. Preferably, in at least half and more preferably in at least 75% of the entire drying section of the transport path provided for the printing material, a transport direction provided for the printing material has at least one vertical, preferably downward-pointing component which is larger than any horizontal component of this transport direction which may be present . This results in a particularly secure construction, because even when the printing material web is at a standstill and / or torn, the printing material is prevented from lying directly over and / or on hot components of the dryer and being damaged or even catching fire.

Durch eine Rotationsachse der zumindest einen ersten Zugwalze und/oder eine Rotationsachse der zumindest einen zweiten Zugwalze ist bevorzugt die axiale Richtung oder Querrichtung festgelegt. Die Stellrichtung der zumindest einen Energieabgabeeinrichtung ist bevorzugt linear. Die Stellrichtung der zumindest einen Energieabgabeeinrichtung weicht von der axialen Richtung oder Querrichtung um zumindest 50°, bevorzugt zumindest 60°, weiter bevorzugt zumindest 75° und noch weiter bevorzugt zumindest 85° ab. Bevorzugt weicht die Stellrichtung der zumindest einen Energieabgabeeinrichtung gleichzeitig von zumindest einer horizontalen Richtung um höchstens 40°, bevorzugt höchstens 30°, weiter bevorzugt höchstens 15° und noch weiter bevorzugt höchstens 5° ab.The axial direction or transverse direction is preferably defined by an axis of rotation of the at least one first draw roller and / or an axis of rotation of the at least one second draw roller. The setting direction of the at least one energy output device is preferably linear. The setting direction of the at least one energy output device deviates from the axial direction or transverse direction at least 50 °, preferably at least 60 °, more preferably at least 75 ° and even more preferably at least 85 °. Preferably, the setting direction of the at least one energy output device simultaneously deviates from at least one horizontal direction by at most 40 °, preferably at most 30 °, more preferably at most 15 ° and even more preferably at most 5 °.

Durch die von der zumindest einen Energieabgabeeinrichtung abgegebene Strahlung wird bevorzugt Lösungsmittel und/oder Feuchtigkeit aus der Bedruckstoffbahn und/oder aus der darauf angeordneten Druckfluid entfernt und von der Umgebungsluft in einem Innenraum des zumindest einen ersten Trockners aufgenommen. Der Transportweg der Bedruckstoffbahn verläuft durch diesen Innenraum des zumindest einen ersten Trockners. Beispielsweise um eine dauerhaft hohe Trocknungsleistung zu erzielen, wird für eine Temperierung von Bestandteilen des zumindest einen ersten Trockners und/oder eine Entlüftung des Innenraums des zumindest einen ersten Trockners gesorgt. Dazu ist bevorzugt zumindest eine Lüftungsvorrichtung im Bereich der zumindest einen Energieabgabeeinrichtung angeordnet. Der zumindest eine Trockner ist bevorzugt zumindest auch als Strömungstrockner ausgebildet. In einer beispielhaften alternativen Ausführungsform ist der zumindest eine Trockner ausschließlich als Strömungstrockner ausgebildet.The radiation emitted by the at least one energy output device preferably removes solvent and / or moisture from the printing material web and / or from the printing fluid arranged thereon and is absorbed by the ambient air in an interior of the at least one first dryer. The transport path of the printing material web runs through this interior of the at least one first dryer. For example, in order to achieve a permanently high drying performance, temperature control of components of the at least one first dryer and / or ventilation of the interior of the at least one first dryer is ensured. For this purpose, at least one ventilation device is preferably arranged in the area of the at least one energy output device. The at least one dryer is preferably at least designed as a flow dryer. In an exemplary alternative embodiment, the at least one dryer is designed exclusively as a flow dryer.

Die Lüftungsvorrichtung weist bevorzugt zumindest eine Luftzufuhrleitung und zumindest eine Luftabfuhrleitung auf. Der zumindest eine erste Trockner ist somit bevorzugt neben seiner Ausbildung als Strahlungstrockner ebenfalls als Strömungstrockner ausgebildet. Bevorzugt ist die zumindest eine Luftzufuhrleitung entlang des für Bedruckstoff vorgesehenen Transportwegs zwischen zumindest zwei Luftabfuhrleitungen angeordnet. Bevorzugt ist die zumindest eine Luftzufuhrleitung zumindest eine Energieabgabeeinrichtung und ist zumindest eine Strahlungsquelle ebenfalls zumindest eine Energieabgabeeinrichtung. Bevorzugt weisen die zumindest eine Luftzufuhrleitung und/oder die zumindest eine Luftabfuhrleitung jeweils zumindest einen flexiblen Bereich auf, mit dem sie mit einer stationären Lufttransporteinrichtung verbunden sind.The ventilation device preferably has at least one air supply line and at least one air discharge line. The at least one first dryer is thus preferably also designed as a flow dryer in addition to its design as a radiation dryer. The at least one air supply line is preferably arranged along the transport path provided for printing material between at least two air discharge lines. The at least one air supply line is preferably at least one energy output device and at least one radiation source is also at least one energy output device. The at least one air supply line and / or the at least one air discharge line preferably each have at least one flexible region with which they are connected to a stationary air transport device.

Bevorzugt zeichnet sich die Druckmaschine alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass zumindest eine Absperreinrichtung angeordnet ist, mittels der ein Sicherheitsbereich von einer Umgebung abgetrennt und/oder abtrennbar ist. Der Sicherheitsbereich ist dabei bevorzugt ein solcher Bereich, der zumindest jedes Volumen umfasst, das von der zumindest einen Energieabgabeeinrichtung und gegebenenfalls auch von zumindest einem die zumindest eine Energieabgabeeinrichtung tragenden Trocknergestell während der Bewegungen entlang des Stellwegs eingenommen werden kann. Weiter bevorzugt umfasst der Sicherheitsbereich auch einen größeren Raumbereich. Bevorzugt ist der Sicherheitsbereich von einer Umgebung aus durch zumindest eine verschließbare Öffnung in der Absperreinrichtung betretbar. Diese zumindest eine Öffnung ist bevorzugt mittels einer Verschlusseinrichtung, beispielsweise zumindest einer Türe verschließbar. Bevorzugt ist eine Bewegung der zumindest einen Energieabgabeeinrichtung insbesondere aus der Einwirkposition und/oder ihrer Zugangsposition und/oder ihrer Einziehposition heraus nur dann möglich, wenn die zumindest eine Verschlusseinrichtung geschlossen ist und/oder wenn ein außerhalb des Sicherheitsbereichs angeordneter Signalgeber bedient wird. Bevorzugt ist die zumindest eine Verschlusseinrichtung nur zu öffnen, wenn die zumindest eine Energieabgabeeinrichtung in ihrer Zugangsposition angeordnet ist.As an alternative or in addition, the printing press is preferably distinguished by the fact that at least one shut-off device is arranged, by means of which a security area can be separated and / or separated from an environment. The security area is preferably such an area that comprises at least each volume that can be taken up by the at least one energy delivery device and possibly also by at least one dryer frame carrying the at least one energy delivery device during the movements along the travel path. The security area also preferably comprises a larger room area. The security area can preferably be entered from an environment through at least one closable opening in the shut-off device. This at least one opening can preferably be closed by means of a locking device, for example at least one door. A movement of the at least one energy delivery device, in particular out of the active position and / or its access position and / or its retracted position, is only possible when the at least one closure device is closed and / or when a signal transmitter arranged outside the security area is operated. The at least one closure device is preferably only to be opened if the at least one energy delivery device is arranged in its access position.

Bevorzugt zeichnet sich die Druckmaschine alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass das zumindest eine Druckaggregat zumindest zwei insbesondere als Druckköpfe ausgebildete bilderzeugende Einrichtungen aufweist, durch die jeweils Auftragstellen für Druckfluid festgelegt sind. Bevorzugt ist durch zumindest zwei Leitelemente des Druckaggregats ein insbesondere erster für Bedruckstoff vorgesehener Transportweg durch das Druckaggregat festgelegt. Weiter bevorzugt sind diese zumindest zwei Leitelemente bevorzugt zumindest zwei bevorzugt feststehende Leitelemente des Druckaggregats. Bevorzugt beginnt ein Druckabschnitt des für Bedruckstoff vorgesehenen Transportwegs an einer entlang dieses vorgesehenen Transportwegs ersten Auftragstelle des Druckaggregats und endet dieser Druckabschnitt an einer entlang dieses vorgesehenen Transportwegs letzten Auftragstelle des Druckaggregats. Durch die feststehenden Leitelemente ist es möglich, diese besonders einfach aufzubauen. Es ist weiterhin möglich, sehr große Druckbreiten zu realisieren, ohne Probleme mit durchhängenden Leitelementen zu bekommen. Ein Druckkopf ist bevorzugt eine bilderzeugende Einrichtung für ein Non Impact Druckverfahren, also ein Druckverfahren ohne feste Druckform.As an alternative or in addition, the printing press is preferably distinguished in that the at least one printing unit has at least two image-forming devices, in particular in the form of print heads, by means of which job locations for printing fluid are defined. Preferably, at least two guide elements of the printing unit define, in particular, a first transport path through the printing unit provided for printing material. These at least two guide elements are furthermore preferably at least two preferably fixed guide elements of the printing assembly. A printing section of the printing substrate preferably begins provided transport path at a first job of the printing unit along this intended transport path and this printing section ends at a last job of the printing unit along this transport path. The fixed guide elements make it particularly easy to set up. It is also possible to realize very large printing widths without having problems with sagging guide elements. A print head is preferably an image-forming device for a non-impact printing process, that is to say a printing process without a fixed printing form.

Bevorzugt zeichnet sich das Druckaggregat dadurch aus, dass entlang des Druckabschnitts dieses vorgesehenen Transportwegs zumindest zwei, bevorzugt zumindest fünf, weiter bevorzugt zumindest acht, noch weiter bevorzugt zumindest zehn, noch weiter bevorzugt zumindest vierzehn und noch weiter bevorzugt zumindest achtundzwanzig feststehende, den vorgesehenen Transportweg mit festlegende Leitelemente hintereinander angeordnet sind. Daraus ergibt sich insbesondere der Vorteil, dass eine besonders große Anzahl von Druckköpfen und damit eine hohe Druckgeschwindigkeit und eine hohe Druckqualität realisiert werden kann.The printing unit is preferably characterized in that at least two, preferably at least five, more preferably at least eight, even more preferably at least ten, even more preferably at least fourteen and even more preferably at least twenty-eight fixed, along the printing section of this intended transport path, also include the intended transport path defining guide elements are arranged one behind the other. This has the particular advantage that a particularly large number of print heads and thus a high printing speed and high printing quality can be realized.

Unter einem feststehenden Leitelement ist dabei insbesondere ein Leitelement zu verstehen, das in einem Druckbetrieb unbeweglich und/oder still stehend angeordnet ist und/oder das weder durch einen eigenen Antrieb noch durch einen Kontakt mit Bedruckstoff drehbar ist und/oder das bezüglich Rotationsbewegungen und/oder Drehbewegungen und/oder Schwenkbewegungen um solche Achsen, die zu einer Transportrichtung des für Bedruckstoff vorgesehenen Transportwegs orthogonal orientiert sind, höchstens zu Schwenkbewegungen gemeinsam mit anderen Leitelementen um zumindest eine gemeinsame Schwenkachse vorgesehen ist. Insbesondere zeichnet sich das zumindest eine Druckaggregat bevorzugt dadurch aus, dass bevorzugt die zumindest zwei und weiter bevorzugt die zumindest fünf insbesondere feststehenden Leitelemente bezüglich Drehbewegungen oder Schwenkbewegungen um andere Achsen als zumindest eine ihnen gemeinsame Schwenkachse feststehende Leitelemente sind. Bevorzugt sind die feststehenden Leitelemente insbesondere zueinander feststehende Leitelemente.A fixed guide element is to be understood in particular as a guide element which is arranged immovably and / or stationary in a printing operation and / or which can be rotated neither by its own drive nor by contact with printing material and / or which is related to rotational movements and / or Rotational movements and / or pivoting movements about axes which are oriented orthogonally to a transport direction of the transport path provided for printing material, at most for pivoting movements together with other guide elements around at least one common pivot axis. In particular, the at least one printing unit is preferably distinguished by the fact that preferably the at least two and more preferably the at least five, in particular stationary guide elements with respect to rotary movements or pivoting movements about axes other than at least a common pivot axis are fixed guide elements. The stationary guide elements are preferably, in particular, stationary guide elements.

Bevorzugt zeichnet sich das Druckaggregat alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass die zumindest zwei und weiter bevorzugt zumindest fünf feststehenden Leitelemente bezüglich des für Bedruckstoff vorgesehenen Transportwegs jeweils einen Umlenkwinkel aufweisen, der zumindest 0,5°, weiter bevorzugt zumindest 1° und noch weiter bevorzugt zumindest 1,5°beträgt und der bevorzugt höchstens 5°, weiter bevorzugt höchstens 3° und noch weiter bevorzugt 2,5° beträgt. Daraus ergibt sich insbesondere der Vorteil, dass ein in sich besonders flacher Verlauf des Druckabschnitts des vorgesehenen Transportwegs realisiert werden kann und somit sehr viele Druckköpfe hintereinander angeordnet werden können. Außerdem verringert sich bei kleinem Umlenkwinkel eine Reibung zwischen dem Bedruckstoff und den insbesondere feststehenden Leitelementen.As an alternative or in addition, the printing unit is preferably distinguished by the fact that the at least two and more preferably at least five fixed guide elements each have a deflection angle with respect to the transport path provided for printing material, which is at least 0.5 °, more preferably at least 1 ° and even more preferably at least 1.5 ° and which is preferably at most 5 °, more preferably at most 3 ° and even more preferably 2.5 °. This results in particular in the advantage that a particularly flat course of the print section of the intended transport path can be realized and thus a large number of print heads can be arranged one behind the other. In addition, with a small deflection angle, friction between the printing material and the, in particular, stationary guide elements is reduced.

Eine Querrichtung ist bevorzugt eine horizontale, orthogonal zu dem für Bedruckstoff vorgesehenen Transportweg durch das zumindest eine Druckaggregat orientierte Richtung. Bevorzugt zeichnet sich das Druckaggregat alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass die insbesondere zumindest zwei und bevorzugt zumindest fünf feststehenden Leitelemente jeweils über mehr als die Hälfte ihrer Ausdehnung in der Querrichtung einen radiärsymmetrischen oder sogar kreisförmigen Querschnitt aufweisen. Unter Radiärsymmetrie oder auch Drehsymmetrie ist eine Form der Symmetrie zu verstehen, bei der die Drehung eines Objektes um einen gewissen Drehwinkel um eine Achse, insbesondere Drehachse oder Symmetrieachse, dieses Objekt wieder mit sich selbst zur Deckung bringt. Bevorzugt zeichnet sich das Druckaggregat alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass eine jeweilige äußere Fläche der insbesondere zumindest zwei und bevorzugt zumindest fünf Leitelemente zumindest innerhalb eines Arbeitsbereichs des Druckaggregats zylindermantelförmig ausgebildet ist. Daraus ergibt sich insbesondere der Vorteil, dass die Leitelemente bei Abnutzung ihrer mit dem Bedruckstoff in Kontakt kommenden Oberflächenabschnitte einfach um einen gewissen, beispielsweise vorgegebenen Winkel gedreht erneut eingebaut bzw. fixiert und weiter verwendet werden können. Bei einem sehr kleinen Umlenkwinkel ergibt sich eine besonders große Anzahl von möglichen erneuten Einsätzen der Bahnleitelemente.A transverse direction is preferably a horizontal direction oriented orthogonally to the transport path provided for printing material through the at least one printing unit. As an alternative or in addition, the printing unit is preferably distinguished by the fact that the at least two and preferably at least five stationary guide elements each have a radially symmetrical or even circular cross section over more than half of their extent in the transverse direction. Radial symmetry or rotational symmetry is to be understood as a form of symmetry in which the rotation of an object by a certain angle of rotation about an axis, in particular an axis of rotation or axis of symmetry, brings this object back into alignment with itself. As an alternative or in addition, the printing unit is preferably distinguished by the fact that a respective outer surface of the at least two and preferably at least five guide elements, in particular, is formed in the shape of a cylinder jacket at least within a working area of the printing unit. This results in particular in the advantage that the guide elements simply wear out by a certain amount, for example, when their surface sections coming into contact with the printing material wear predetermined angle rotated can be reinstalled or fixed and used again. With a very small deflection angle, there is a particularly large number of possible renewed uses of the web guiding elements.

Bevorzugt zeichnet sich das Druckaggregat alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass diese zumindest zwei und bevorzugt zumindest fünf diesen vorgesehenen Transportweg im Bereich des Druckabschnitts mit festlegende Leitelemente um zumindest eine ihnen gemeinsame Schwenkachse schwenkbar angeordnet sind, insbesondere um diese zumindest zwei und bevorzugt zumindest fünf Leitelemente zwischen einer jeweiligen Arbeitsposition und einer jeweiligen Wartungsposition zu bewegen. Bevorzugt sind diese zumindest zwei und bevorzugt zumindest fünf diesen vorgesehenen Transportweg im Bereich des Druckabschnitts mit festlegenden Leitelemente mittels zumindest eines Schwenkantriebs und/oder in zumindest einer gemeinsamen Bewegung und/oder relativ zu den zumindest zwei Druckköpfen um die zumindest eine ihnen gemeinsame Schwenkachse schwenkbar angeordnet. Daraus ergibt sich insbesondere der Vorteil, dass ein Wartungsraum insbesondere zum Reinigen einer Abschirmeinrichtung und/oder der Leitelemente geschaffen werden kann. Bevorzugt zeichnet sich das Druckaggregat alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass diese zumindest zwei und weiter bevorzugt zumindest fünf Leitelemente mit einem Schwenkwinkel um die zumindest eine ihnen gemeinsame Schwenkachse schwenkbar angeordnet sind, der zumindest 10°, weiter bevorzugt zumindest 20° und noch weiter bevorzugt zumindest 30° beträgt.Preferably, the printing unit is alternatively or additionally characterized in that these at least two and preferably at least five transport paths provided for this are arranged in the region of the printing section with fixing guide elements pivotable about at least one pivot axis common to them, in particular around these at least two and preferably at least five guide elements between a respective work position and a respective maintenance position. These at least two and preferably at least five transport paths provided for this purpose are preferably arranged in the region of the printing section with fixing guide elements by means of at least one swivel drive and / or in at least one joint movement and / or relative to the at least two printheads so as to be pivotable about the at least one swivel axis common to them. This has the particular advantage that a maintenance room, in particular for cleaning a shielding device and / or the guide elements, can be created. Preferably, the printing unit is alternatively or additionally characterized in that these at least two and more preferably at least five guide elements are arranged so as to be pivotable about a pivot angle about the at least one pivot axis common to them, which is at least 10 °, more preferably at least 20 ° and even more preferably at least Is 30 °.

Bevorzugt zeichnet sich das Druckaggregat alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass eine durch eine geradlinige Verbindung zwischen einem auf den Druckabschnitt des für Bedruckstoff vorgesehenen Transportwegs bezogen ersten Leitelement und einem auf den Druckabschnitt des für Bedruckstoff vorgesehenen Transportwegs bezogen letzten Leitelement festgelegte Hauptförderrichtung orthogonal zu der Querrichtung orientiert ist und dass die Hauptförderrichtung bei in ihrer Wartungsposition angeordneten Leitelementen unter einem Winkel von höchstens 30°, weiter bevorzugt höchstens 20° und noch weiter bevorzugt höchstens 10° zu einer vertikalen Richtung angeordnet ist. Daraus ergibt sich insbesondere der Vorteil, dass der Wartungsraum besonders groß wird und die Leitelemente in ihrer Wartungsposition besonders zugänglich sind. Insbesondere können damit große Bedruckstoffbreiten bzw. Arbeitsbreiten des Druckaggregats realisiert werden.The printing unit is preferably characterized alternatively or additionally in that a main conveying direction, which is defined by a straight connection between a first guide element related to the printing section of the transport path intended for printing material and a last guiding element related to the printing section of the transport path intended for printing material, is oriented orthogonally to the transverse direction and that the main conveying direction with guide elements arranged in its maintenance position is at an angle of at most 30 °, more preferably at most 20 ° and is more preferably arranged at most 10 ° to a vertical direction. This has the particular advantage that the maintenance space becomes particularly large and the guide elements are particularly accessible in their maintenance position. In particular, large printing material widths or working widths of the printing unit can be realized in this way.

Bevorzugt zeichnet sich das Druckaggregat alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass die Hauptförderrichtung bei in ihrer Arbeitsposition angeordneten Leitelementen unter einem Winkel von zumindest 10°, weiter bevorzugt zumindest 20° und noch weiter bevorzugt zumindest 30° sowie insbesondere unabhängig davon höchstens 70°, weiter bevorzugt höchstens 55° und noch weiter bevorzugt höchstens 40° zu einer horizontalen Ebene ausgerichtet ist. Daraus ergibt sich insbesondere der Vorteil, dass selbst die untersten Druckköpfe nicht zu schräg angeordnet sind und dass dennoch ein ansteigender Verlauf des Druckabschnitts ermöglicht wird. Durch den Anstieg ist es möglich, die Bahn direkt im Anschluss im Wesentlichen von oben nach unten durch einen Trockner zu führen, ohne Umlenkmittel mit der frisch bedruckten Seite der Bahn in Kontakt zu bringen. Bevorzugt zeichnet sich das Druckaggregat alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass der für Bedruckstoff vorgesehene Transportweg entlang des Druckabschnitts ausschließlich in eine Richtung gekrümmt ist, insbesondere nach unten und/oder konvex bezogen auf die in dem zumindest einen Druckaggregat bedruckte Seite des Bedruckstoffs. Eine Krümmung nach unten steht dabei nicht im Widerspruch zu einem nach oben verlaufenden Transportweg, sondern bedeutet beispielsweise einen im Verlauf des Transportwegs kontinuierlich oder stufenweise flacher werdenden Anstieg. Bevorzugt zeichnet sich das Druckaggregat alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass der für Bedruckstoff vorgesehene Transportweg entlang des Druckabschnitts ausschließlich auf genau einer Seite von Bestandteilen des Druckaggregats begrenzt wird und/oder kontaktiert wird und/oder diese tangiert.As an alternative or in addition, the printing unit is preferably distinguished by the fact that the main conveying direction, with guide elements arranged in its working position, is at an angle of at least 10 °, more preferably at least 20 ° and even more preferably at least 30 ° and in particular independently of it at most 70 °, further preferred is aligned at most 55 ° and even more preferably at most 40 ° to a horizontal plane. This results in particular in the advantage that even the lowest printheads are not arranged too obliquely and that an increasing course of the printing section is nevertheless made possible. As a result of the increase, it is possible to run the web directly through a dryer essentially from the top downwards, without bringing deflecting agent into contact with the freshly printed side of the web. As an alternative or in addition, the printing unit is preferably distinguished by the fact that the transport path provided for printing material along the printing section is curved only in one direction, in particular downwards and / or convexly with respect to the side of the printing material printed in the at least one printing unit. A downward curvature does not conflict with an upward transport route, but rather means, for example, an increase in the course of the transport route, which increases continuously or gradually. As an alternative or in addition, the printing unit is preferably distinguished by the fact that the transport path provided for printing material along the printing section is limited and / or contacted and / or affected by components of the printing unit exclusively on exactly one side.

Bevorzugt zeichnet sich das Druckaggregat alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass die zumindest zwei Druckköpfe jeweils eine Mehrzahl von Düsen aufweisen und dass weiter bevorzugt je Druckkopf zumindest eine Düse einen Zielbereich aufweist, der zumindest und weiter bevorzugt genau eines der insbesondere zumindest zwei und weiter bevorzugt zumindest fünf bevorzugt feststehenden Leitelemente schneidet. Dies gilt bevorzugt insbesondere bei jeweils in seiner Druckposition angeordnetem jeweiligen Druckkopf und jeweils in seiner Arbeitsposition angeordnetem jeweiligem Leitelement. Bevorzugt gilt dies alternativ oder zusätzlich für mehrere oder weiter bevorzugt alle Düsen des jeweiligen Druckkopfes. Daraus ergibt sich insbesondere der Vorteil, dass das Druckfluid in einem Bereich auf den Bedruckstoff aufgetragen wird, in dem dieser besonders flach ist, weil er durch den Umlenkwinkel gegen das entsprechende Leitelement gezogen wird. Insbesondere wasserbasiertes Druckfluid lässt den Bedruckstoff nämlich prinzipiell aufquellen, was zu Verformungen, insbesondere Wellungen des Bedruckstoffs führen kann. Dies ist besonders kritisch im Zusammenhang mit nicht vollflächigen und/oder variablen Druckbildern. Durch die Ausrichtung der Düsen auf die Leitelemente und damit auf die flach gezogenen Bereiche des Bedruckstoffs werden somit Druckfehler und/oder Beschädigungen der mit nur geringem Abstand am vorgesehenen Transportweg angeordneten Düsen verringert und/oder vermieden. Insbesondere soweit derartige Verformungen nicht in zu großem Ausmaß auftreten, können auch sämtliche Düsen Zielbereiche aufweisen, die keines der insbesondere zumindest zwei und weiter bevorzugt zumindest fünf bevorzugt feststehenden Leitelemente schneiden, sondern ausschließlich zwischen den Leitelementen und die Leitelemente passierend verlaufen.The printing unit is preferably characterized alternatively or additionally in that the at least two printheads each have a plurality of nozzles and that, more preferably, at least one nozzle per printhead has a target area which intersects at least and more preferably exactly one of the in particular at least two and more preferably at least five preferably fixed guide elements. This preferably applies in particular with the respective print head arranged in its printing position and with the respective guide element arranged in its working position. This preferably applies alternatively or additionally to a plurality or more preferably all of the nozzles of the respective printhead. This results in particular in the advantage that the printing fluid is applied to the printing material in an area in which it is particularly flat because it is pulled against the corresponding guide element by the deflection angle. In particular, water-based printing fluid basically causes the printing material to swell, which can lead to deformations, in particular corrugations, of the printing material. This is particularly critical in connection with non-full-area and / or variable print images. By aligning the nozzles to the guide elements and thus to the flat areas of the printing material, printing errors and / or damage to the nozzles arranged at a short distance on the intended transport path are thus reduced and / or avoided. In particular insofar as such deformations do not occur to a great extent, all the nozzles can also have target areas which do not intersect any of the guide elements, in particular at least two and more preferably at least five, preferably fixed guide elements, but only pass between the guide elements and the guide elements.

Bevorzugt zeichnet sich das Druckaggregat alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass zumindest eines der zumindest zwei und bevorzugt zumindest fünf diesen vorgesehenen Transportweg im Bereich des Druckabschnitts mit festlegenden Leitelemente an drei in der Querrichtung voneinander beabstandeten, bevorzugt als Auflagebereiche ausgebildeten Stellen mit insgesamt zumindest zwei seitlichen Tragelementen und zumindest einem inneren Tragelement in Kontakt steht und dadurch in seiner Lage festgelegt ist. Weiter bevorzugt zeichnet sich das Druckaggregat alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass mehrere oder noch weiter bevorzugt alle der zumindest zwei und bevorzugt zumindest fünf diesen vorgesehenen Transportweg im Bereich des Druckabschnitts mit festlegenden Leitelemente an drei in der Querrichtung voneinander beabstandeten, bevorzugt als Auflagebereiche ausgebildeten Stellen mit insgesamt zumindest zwei seitlichen Tragelementen und zumindest einem inneren Tragelement in Kontakt stehen und dadurch in ihrer Lage festgelegt sind, wobei bevorzugt die mehreren oder noch weiter bevorzugt alle Leitelemente jeweils mit denselben seitlichen und/oder inneren Tragelementen in Kontakt stehen. Dadurch ergibt sich auch zwischen den äußeren Enden der Leitelemente eine stützende Wirkung auf die Leitelemente, die dadurch weniger oder gar nicht dazu neigen, durch die Schwerkraft und/oder die Bahnspannung durchgebogen zu werden. Eine solche Durchbiegung hätte ansonsten insbesondere Auswirkungen auf den Abstand zwischen Düsen und Bedruckstoff. Somit wird eine hohe Druckbildqualität auch bei großen Bahnbreiten sichergestellt. Bevorzugt zeichnet sich das Druckaggregat alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass das zumindest eine innere Tragelement an einer bevorzugt als Auflagebereich ausgebildeten Stelle mit dem zumindest einen Leitelement in Kontakt steht, deren Lage auf die Querrichtung bezogen mit der Lage zumindest einer Düse zumindest eines Druckkopfs des Druckaggregats übereinstimmt.Preferably, the printing unit is alternatively or additionally characterized in that at least one of the at least two and preferably at least five transport routes provided for this in the region of the printing section with fixing guide elements at three points spaced apart in the transverse direction, preferably designed as support areas, with a total of at least two lateral support elements and is in contact with at least one inner support element and thereby in its position is set. Further preferably, the printing unit is alternatively or additionally characterized in that several or even more preferably all of the at least two and preferably at least five transport routes provided for this in the region of the printing section with fixing guide elements at three points spaced apart from one another in the transverse direction, preferably in the form of support areas a total of at least two lateral support elements and at least one inner support element are in contact and are thus fixed in their position, the plurality or more preferably all guide elements in each case being in contact with the same lateral and / or inner support elements. This also results in a supporting effect on the guide elements between the outer ends of the guide elements, which therefore have less or no tendency to be bent by gravity and / or the web tension. Such a deflection would otherwise have a particular impact on the distance between the nozzles and the substrate. This ensures high print image quality even with large web widths. The printing unit is preferably characterized alternatively or additionally by the fact that the at least one inner support element is in contact with the at least one guide element at a point which is preferably designed as a support area, the position of which in relation to the transverse direction is related to the position of at least one nozzle of at least one printhead of the printing unit matches.

Bevorzugt zeichnet sich das Druckaggregat alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass innerhalb des zumindest einen Druckaggregats zumindest zeitweise das zumindest eine entlang des zumindest einen Einziehwegs bewegbare und weiter bevorzugt von jeglichem Bedruckstoff verschiedene Einziehmittel zum Einziehen einer Bedruckstoffbahn angeordnet und/oder anordenbar ist. Daraus ergibt sich insbesondere der Vorteil, dass ein besonders einfaches und sicheres Einziehen von Bedruckstoff in das Druckaggregat und/oder die Druckmaschine ermöglicht wird, was insbesondere bei großen Bahnbreiten zum Tragen kommt.The printing unit is preferably characterized alternatively or additionally by the fact that the at least one drawing-in means for drawing in a printing-material web is arranged and / or can be arranged within the at least one printing set, at least temporarily, at least temporarily along the at least one drawing-in path and more preferably different from any printing material. This results in particular in the advantage that a particularly simple and safe insertion of printing material into the printing unit and / or the printing machine is made possible, which is particularly important for large web widths.

Bevorzugt zeichnet sich das Druckaggregat alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass das Druckaggregat zumindest ein insbesondere ortsfestes Gestell oder Maschinengestell aufweist und dass das Druckaggregat den zumindest einen ersten, durch zumindest zwei Leitelemente mit festgelegten, für Bedruckstoffbahnen vorgesehen Transportweg und zumindest ein relativ zu dem Gestell bewegbares, insbesondere schwenkbares Tragelement aufweist und dass entlang dieses ersten vorgesehenen Transportwegs zumindest eine erste Bahnfixiereinrichtung zum Fixieren eines ersten Abschnitts einer Bedruckstoffbahn relativ zu der ersten Bahnfixiereinrichtung und/oder relativ zu dem Gestell angeordnet ist. Unter einem Fixieren ist insbesondere nicht lediglich ein Abstützen gegen die Schwerkraft zu verstehen, sondern eine relative Unbeweglichkeit, insbesondere bezüglich jeglicher Bewegung in jeglicher Richtung. Bevorzugt zeichnet sich das Druckaggregat alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass entlang dieses ersten vorgesehenen Transportwegs und insbesondere nach der zumindest einen ersten Bahnfixiereinrichtung zumindest eine mit dem zumindest einen relativ zu dem Gestell bewegbaren Tragelement verbundene und zumindest gemeinsam mit diesem zumindest einen relativ zu dem Gestell bewegbaren Tragelement ebenfalls relativ zu dem Gestell bewegbare zweite Bahnfixiereinrichtung zum Fixieren eines zweiten Abschnitts einer Bedruckstoffbahn relativ zu der zweiten Bahnfixiereinrichtung und/oder relativ zu dem zumindest einen bewegbaren Tragelement angeordnet ist. Bevorzugt ist die zumindest eine erste Bahnfixiereinrichtung an dem Gestell angeordnet.As an alternative or in addition, the printing unit is preferably distinguished by the fact that the printing unit has at least one, in particular, stationary frame or machine frame and that the printing unit has the at least one first transport path provided for printing material webs and defined by at least two guide elements and at least one path that can be moved relative to the frame , in particular has a pivotable support element and that at least one first web fixing device for fixing a first section of a printing material web is arranged relative to the first web fixing device and / or relative to the frame along this first provided transport path. In particular, fixing is not only to be understood as supporting against gravity, but rather relative immobility, in particular with regard to any movement in any direction. Preferably, the printing unit is alternatively or additionally characterized in that, along this first intended transport path and in particular after the at least one first web fixing device, at least one support element connected to the at least one support element that is movable relative to the frame and at least jointly with this at least one movable element relative to the frame The support element, which is also movable relative to the frame, is arranged for fixing a second section of a printing material web relative to the second web fixing device and / or relative to the at least one movable support element. The at least one first web fixing device is preferably arranged on the frame.

Bevorzugt zeichnet sich das Druckaggregat alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass die zumindest zwei den ersten für Bedruckstoff vorgesehenen Transportweg mit festlegenden Leitelemente zusammen mit dem zumindest einen Tragelement relativ zu dem Gestell bewegbar, insbesondere schwenkbar angeordnet sind, bevorzugt an diesem zumindest einen Tragelement. Bevorzugt zeichnet sich das Druckaggregat alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass das zumindest eine Tragelement zusammen mit der zumindest einen zweiten Bahnfixiereinrichtung und/oder zusammen mit den zumindest zwei Leitelementen um die zumindest eine gemeinsame Schwenkachse schwenkbar angeordnet ist. Bevorzugt ist die zumindest einen zweite Bahnfixiereinrichtung unabhängig von der zumindest einen ersten Bahnfixiereinrichtung bewegbar angeordnet. Bevorzugt zeichnet sich das Druckaggregat alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass die zweite Bahnfixiereinrichtung insbesondere gemeinsam mit den zumindest zwei Leitelementen relativ zu der ersten Bahnfixiereinrichtung bewegbar ist und dass ein Abstand zwischen der zumindest einen zweiten Bahnfixiereinrichtung und der zumindest einen ersten Bahnfixiereinrichtung veränderbar ist. Bevorzugt zeichnet sich das Druckaggregat alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass die zumindest eine erste Bahnfixiereinrichtung an dem Gestell des Druckaggregats angeordnet ist. Bevorzugt zeichnet sich das Druckaggregat alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass ein gegebenenfalls vorhandener maximaler Verstellweg der zumindest einen ersten Bahnfixiereinrichtung kleiner ist als ein Zehntel eines maximalen Verstellwegs der zumindest einen zweiten Bahnfixiereinrichtung.The printing unit is preferably characterized alternatively or additionally by the fact that the at least two guide elements, which define the first transport path intended for printing material, are arranged to be movable, in particular pivotably, together with the at least one support element, preferably at least one support element, on the frame. As an alternative or in addition, the printing unit is preferably distinguished in that the at least one support element can be pivoted about the at least one common pivot axis together with the at least one second web fixing device and / or together with the at least two guide elements is arranged. The at least one second web fixing device is preferably arranged to be movable independently of the at least one first web fixing device. As an alternative or in addition, the printing unit is preferably distinguished by the fact that the second web fixing device, in particular together with the at least two guide elements, can be moved relative to the first web fixing device and that a distance between the at least one second web fixing device and the at least one first web fixing device can be changed. As an alternative or in addition, the printing unit is preferably distinguished by the fact that the at least one first web fixing device is arranged on the frame of the printing unit. As an alternative or in addition, the printing unit is preferably distinguished by the fact that an optionally available maximum adjustment path of the at least one first web fixing device is smaller than one tenth of a maximum adjustment path of the at least one second web fixing device.

Bevorzugt zeichnet sich das Druckaggregat alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass die zumindest eine zweite Bahnfixiereinrichtung insbesondere gemeinsam mit dem daran fixierten Teil des zweiten Abschnitts der zumindest einen Bedruckstoffbahn in unterschiedlichen Abständen zu der zumindest einen bevorzugt als Druckkopf ausgebildeten bilderzeugenden Einrichtung anordenbar ist.Preferably, the printing unit is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the at least one second web fixing device can be arranged, in particular together with the part of the second section of the at least one printing substrate web fixed thereto, at different distances from the at least one image-forming device which is preferably designed as a print head.

Bevorzugt zeichnet sich das Druckaggregat alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass das Druckaggregat zumindest zwei bilderzeugende Einrichtungen aufweist, durch die jeweils Auftragstellen für Druckfluid festgelegt sind und dass ein Druckabschnitt des ersten für Bedruckstoff vorgesehenen Transportwegs an einer entlang dieses vorgesehenen Transportwegs ersten Auftragstelle des Druckaggregats beginnt und an einer entlang dieses vorgesehenen Transportwegs letzten Auftragstelle des Druckaggregats endet und dass entlang dieses vorgesehenen Transportwegs die zumindest zwei den vorgesehenen Transportweg mit festlegenden Leitelemente entlang des Druckabschnitts dieses ersten vorgesehenen Transportwegs hintereinander angeordnet sind.As an alternative or in addition, the printing unit is preferably distinguished by the fact that the printing unit has at least two image-forming devices, by means of which the respective application points for printing fluid are defined and that a printing section of the first transport path provided for printing material begins at a first application point of the printing unit along this transport path and ends at a last job of the printing assembly along this intended transport path and that along this provided transport path the at least two guiding elements defining the intended transport path one behind the other along the printing section of this first provided transport path are arranged.

Bevorzugt zeichnet sich das Druckaggregat alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass zumindest eine Trenneinrichtung und/oder zumindest eine Verbindungseinrichtung entlang des vorgesehenen Transportwegs zwischen der zumindest einen ersten Bahnfixiereinrichtung und der zumindest einen zweiten Bahnfixiereinrichtung angeordnet ist. Bevorzugt zeichnet sich das Druckaggregat alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass der erste Abschnitt der Bedruckstoffbahn und der zweite Abschnitt der Bedruckstoffbahn zumindest vor einer möglichen Durchtrennung einer selben Bedruckstoffbahn angehören.The printing unit is preferably characterized alternatively or additionally in that at least one separating device and / or at least one connecting device is arranged along the intended transport path between the at least one first web fixing device and the at least one second web fixing device. As an alternative or in addition, the printing unit is preferably characterized in that the first section of the printing material web and the second section of the printing material web belong to the same printing material web at least before a possible severing.

Bevorzugt zeichnet sich das Druckaggregat alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass die zumindest eine erste Bahnfixiereinrichtung und/oder die zumindest eine zweite Bahnfixiereinrichtung als Saugeinrichtung ausgebildet ist oder sind. Bevorzugt zeichnet sich das Druckaggregat alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass die zumindest eine erste Bahnfixiereinrichtung und/oder die zumindest eine zweite Bahnfixiereinrichtung als Klemmeinrichtung ausgebildet ist oder sind.As an alternative or in addition, the printing unit is preferably distinguished by the fact that the at least one first web fixing device and / or the at least one second web fixing device is or are designed as a suction device. As an alternative or in addition, the printing unit is preferably distinguished in that the at least one first web fixing device and / or the at least one second web fixing device is or are designed as a clamping device.

Bevorzugt zeichnet sich das Druckaggregat alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass die zumindest eine erste Bahnfixiereinrichtung und die zumindest eine zweite Bahnfixiereinrichtung entlang des für Bedruckstoff vorgesehenen Transportwegs von einer Rollenhaltevorrichtung und/oder von einer Nachbearbeitungsvorrichtung zumindest zweimal, weiter bevorzugt zumindest fünfmal und noch weiter bevorzugt zumindest zehnmal so weit entfernt sind wie von einer ihnen nächsten Auftragstelle des Druckaggregats.Preferably, the printing unit is alternatively or additionally characterized in that the at least one first web fixing device and the at least one second web fixing device along the transport path provided for printing material from a roll holding device and / or from a post-processing device at least twice, more preferably at least five times and even more preferably at least are ten times as far as from a printing unit's nearest job location.

Die Erfindung ist für Inkjet-Druckverfahren oder Tintendruckverfahren anwendbar. Im Vorangegangenen und im Folgenden sind für "Druckfarben" dargelegten Ausführungen und Varianten - soweit kein offensichtlicher Widerspruch ersichtlich ist - auf jegliche Art von fließfähigen Druckfluiden, insbesondere auch auf farbige oder farblose Lacke, und auf reliefbildende Materialien wie beispielsweise Pasten anzuwenden und durch - lediglich gedachten oder tatsächlichen - Austausch des Ausdruckes "Druckfarbe" durch den verallgemeinernden Ausdruck "Druckfluid" oder einen speziellen Ausdruck "Lack", "höherviskose Druckfarbe", "niederviskose Druckfarbe" bzw. "Tinte", oder "Paste" bzw. "pastöses Material" zu übertragen.The invention is for inkjet printing processes or Ink printing process applicable. In the foregoing and below, the designs and variants set out for "printing inks" - as far as no obvious contradiction is evident - can be used on all types of flowable printing fluids, in particular also on colored or colorless varnishes, and on relief-forming materials such as pastes and by - only intended or actual - replacement of the expression "printing ink" by the general expression "printing fluid" or a special expression "lacquer", "higher-viscosity printing ink", "low-viscosity printing ink" or "ink", or "paste" or "pasty material" transfer.

Insbesondere mittels der Druckmaschine ist ein bevorzugtes Verfahren zum Betreiben einer Druckmaschine durchführbar. Dabei handelt es sich um ein Verfahren zum Betreiben der Druckmaschine, wobei die Druckmaschine das zumindest eine erste Druckaggregat und die zumindest eine Trocknereinheit aufweist und wobei die zumindest eine Trocknereinheit den zumindest einen ersten Trockner mit zumindest der ersten Energieabgabeeinrichtung aufweist. Bevorzugt wird in einem ersten Abstellvorgang die zumindest eine erste Energieabgabeeinrichtung insbesondere mittels des zumindest einen Stellantriebs entlang eines Stellwegs in der Stellrichtung aus der Einwirkposition um zumindest 5 mm, bevorzugt um zumindest 50 mm und weiter bevorzugt um zumindest 90 mm und unabhängig davon beispielsweise um höchstens 400 mm in die Einziehposition bewegt und dort angehalten. Der Stellweg erstreckt sich über zumindest 75 % seiner Gesamtstrecke, bevorzugt über zumindest 90 % seiner Gesamtstrecke und weiter bevorzugt über seine vollständige Gesamtstrecke durchgehend linear in und/oder entgegen der Stellrichtung. Anders ausgedrückt wird in dem ersten Abstellvorgang bevorzugt die zumindest eine Energieabgabeeinrichtung insbesondere mittels des zumindest einen Stellantriebs aus der Einwirkposition in der Stellrichtung entlang des zu zumindest 75 % linearen Stellwegs um zumindest 5 mm, bevorzugt um zumindest 50 mm und weiter bevorzugt um zumindest 90 mm und unabhängig davon beispielsweise um höchstens 400 mm in die Einziehposition bewegt und dort angehalten. Für den ersten Abstellvorgang wird bevorzugt nicht der gesamte Stellweg, also insbesondere nicht die Gesamtstrecke des Stellwegs ausgenutzt, sondern weniger als 25 %, weiter bevorzugt weniger als 10 %.A preferred method for operating a printing press can be carried out in particular by means of the printing press. This is a method for operating the printing press, the printing press having the at least one first printing unit and the at least one dryer unit, and the at least one dryer unit having the at least one first dryer with at least the first energy output device. In a first shutdown process, the at least one first energy delivery device is preferred, in particular by means of the at least one actuator along an actuating path in the actuating direction from the active position by at least 5 mm, preferably by at least 50 mm and further preferably by at least 90 mm and independently of this, for example by at most 400 mm moved to the retracted position and stopped there. The actuation path extends over at least 75% of its total distance, preferably over at least 90% of its total distance and more preferably over its entire total distance, continuously linearly in and / or against the actuating direction. In other words, in the first shutdown process, the at least one energy delivery device is preferably moved by at least 5 mm, preferably by at least 50 mm and further preferably by at least 90 mm and in particular by means of the at least one actuator from the active position in the adjusting direction along the at least 75% linear adjustment path regardless of this, for example, moved to the retracted position by a maximum of 400 mm and stopped there. For the first one The shutdown process preferably does not use the entire travel path, in particular not the total distance of the travel path, but less than 25%, more preferably less than 10%.

Bevorzugt wird in einem danach stattfindenden Einziehvorgang zumindest ein bahnförmiger Bedruckstoff mittels zumindest eines insbesondere von jedem Bedruckstoff verschiedenen Einziehmittels entlang des für den Bedruckstoff vorgesehenen Transportwegs durch den Einwirkbereich der zumindest einen Energieabgabeeinrichtung eingezogen. Weiter bevorzugt wird in einem danach stattfindenden ersten Rückstellvorgang die zumindest eine erste Energieabgabeeinrichtung insbesondere mittels des zumindest einen Stellantriebs aus der Einziehposition entgegen der Stellrichtung entlang des selben linearen Stellwegs in die Einwirkposition zurück bewegt und dort angehalten. Die Stellrichtung weicht wie beschrieben weiterhin um höchstens 40°, bevorzugt höchstens 30°, weiter bevorzugt höchstens 15° und noch weiter bevorzugt höchstens 5° ab von der Normalrichtung, wobei diese Normalrichtung die Normalrichtung der mittleren Flächennormalen des gesamten in dem insbesondere gesamten Einwirkbereich der zumindest einen ersten Energieabgabeeinrichtung liegenden Abschnitts des für bahnförmigen Bedruckstoff vorgesehenen Transportwegs ist.In a pulling-in process which then takes place, at least one web-shaped printing material is drawn in by means of at least one drawing-in means, in particular different from each printing material, along the transport path provided for the printing material through the area of action of the at least one energy output device. Further preferably, in a first resetting process that takes place afterwards, the at least one first energy output device is moved back from the retracted position against the adjusting direction along the same linear adjustment path into the acting position, in particular by means of the at least one actuator, and stopped there. As described, the setting direction also deviates from the normal direction by at most 40 °, preferably at most 30 °, more preferably at most 15 ° and even more preferably at most 5 °, this normal direction being the normal direction of the mean surface normals of the entire area, in particular the entire area of action of the at least a first energy output device lying section of the transport path provided for web-shaped printing material.

Bevorzugt wird zwischen dem ersten Abstellvorgang und einem zweiten Abstellvorgang in zumindest einem Trocknungsvorgang in dem Einwirkbereich der ersten Energieabgabeeinrichtung Energie von der zumindest einen ersten Energieabgabeeinrichtung auf den zuvor eingezogenen bahnförmigen Bedruckstoff abgegeben. Weiter bevorzugt wurde der zuvor eingezogene bahnförmige Bedruckstoff zuvor in dem zumindest einen Druckaggregat zumindest teilweise mit zumindest einem Druckfluid versehen.Preferably, between the first shutdown process and a second shutdown process in at least one drying process in the area of action of the first energy delivery device, energy is released from the at least one first energy delivery device onto the previously drawn web-shaped printing material. It was further preferred that the previously drawn web-shaped printing material was at least partially provided with at least one printing fluid in the at least one printing unit.

Bevorzugt wird in einem insbesondere später stattfindenden zweiten Abstellvorgang die zumindest eine erste Energieabgabeeinrichtung entlang des insbesondere selben sich über zumindest 75 %, weiter bevorzugt zumindest 90 % und noch weiter bevorzugt 100 % seiner Gesamtstrecke durchgehend linear in und/oder entgegen der Stellrichtung S erstreckenden Stellwegs in der insbesondere selben Stellrichtung aus der Einwirkposition insbesondere mittels des zumindest einen Stellantriebs um zumindest 450 mm, weiter bevorzugt um zumindest 600 mm und noch weiter bevorzugt um zumindest 700 mm in eine von der Einziehposition unterschiedliche Zugangsposition bewegt und dort angehalten. Bevorzugt wird in einem danach stattfindenden ersten Wartungsvorgang zumindest eine Wartungshandlung an der zumindest einen ersten Energieabgabeeinrichtung vorgenommen, beispielsweise ein Austausch zumindest eines Strom führenden Bauteils und/oder eine Reinigung eines Bauteils. Weiter bevorzugt wird in einem danach stattfindenden zweiten Rückstellvorgang die zumindest eine erste Energieabgabeeinrichtung insbesondere mittels des zumindest einen Stellantriebs aus der Zugangsposition entgegen der Stellrichtung entlang des selben linearen Stellwegs in die Einwirkposition zurück bewegt und dort angehalten.In a second shutdown process that takes place later, in particular, the at least one first energy output device is preferred along the same Over at least 75%, more preferably at least 90% and even more preferably 100% of its total distance, continuously and linearly in and / or against the adjustment direction S, in the same adjustment direction from the active position, in particular by means of the at least one actuator, by at least 450 mm preferably moved by at least 600 mm and even more preferably by at least 700 mm into an access position different from the retracted position and stopped there. In a first maintenance operation taking place afterwards, at least one maintenance action is preferably carried out on the at least one first energy output device, for example an exchange of at least one current-carrying component and / or a cleaning of a component. Further preferably, in a second resetting process that takes place afterwards, the at least one first energy output device is moved back from the access position against the adjusting direction along the same linear adjustment path into the acting position and stopped there, in particular by means of the at least one actuator.

Bevorzugt zeichnet sich das Verfahren dadurch aus, dass das zumindest eine Einziehmittel in einem Verbindungsvorgang mittels zumindest eines Verbindungselements mit der zumindest einen Bedruckstoffbahn verbunden wird. Bevorzugt passiert das zumindest eine Verbindungselement eine Druckposition des zumindest einen Druckkopfs, während dieser von dem vorgesehenen Transportweg abgestellt und/oder in zumindest einer Ruheposition angeordnet ist und/oder passiert das zumindest eine Verbindungselement während des Einziehvorgangs zumindest einen Zielbereich zumindest einer Düse des zumindest einen Druckkopfs und/oder passiert während des Einziehvorgangs kein Bestandteil des zumindest einen Einziehmittels einen Zielbereich einer Düse des zumindest einen Druckkopfs. Bevorzugt passiert das zumindest eine Verbindungselement einen Einwirkbereich der zumindest einen Energieabgabeeinrichtung des zumindest einen ersten Trockners, während diese sich in einer als Einziehposition ausgebildeten Abstellposition befindet. Bevorzugt kommt nur zumindest ein Einziehmittel zum Einsatz, das auf die axiale Richtung bezogen auf nur einer Seite des vorgesehenen Transportwegs für Bedruckstoff angeordnet ist und/oder dessen Einziehweg nur auf einer Seite des vorgesehenen Transportwegs für Bedruckstoff verläuft.The method is preferably characterized in that the at least one drawing-in means is connected to the at least one printing material web in one connection process by means of at least one connecting element. Preferably, the at least one connecting element passes a printing position of the at least one printhead while it is switched off from the intended transport path and / or is arranged in at least one rest position and / or the at least one connecting element passes at least one target area of at least one nozzle of the at least one printhead during the pulling-in process and / or during the pulling-in process, no component of the at least one pulling-in means passes a target area of a nozzle of the at least one printhead. The at least one connecting element preferably passes through an active region of the at least one energy delivery device of the at least one first dryer while the latter is in a storage position designed as a retracted position. Preferably, only at least one pull-in means is used that relates to the axial direction on only one side of the intended one Transport path for printing material is arranged and / or its feed path runs only on one side of the intended transport path for printing material.

Ausführungsbeispiele der Erfindung sind in den Zeichnungen dargestellt und werden im Folgenden näher beschrieben.Exemplary embodiments of the invention are shown in the drawings and are described in more detail below.

Es zeigen:

Fig. 1
eine schematische Darstellung eines Transportwegs für Bedruckstoff durch ein Druckaggregat und einen Trockner;
Fig. 2
eine schematische Darstellung einer Umlenkung einen Bedruckstoffs an einem Leitelement;
Fig. 3
eine schematische Darstellung einer Menge von Leitelementen, die durch einen gemeinsamen Tragrahmen gehalten sind;
Fig. 4
eine schematische Darstellung eines Teils eines Druckabschnitts;
Fig. 5a
eine schematische Darstellung eines Druckaggregats mit Leitelementen in einer Arbeitsposition und Druckköpfen in einer Druckposition;
Fig. 5b
eine schematische Darstellung des Druckaggregats gemäß Fig. 1a mit Leitelementen in einer Arbeitsposition und Druckköpfen in einer Abstellposition;
Fig. 5c
eine schematische Darstellung des Druckaggregats gemäß Fig. 1a mit Leitelementen in einer Wartungsposition und Druckköpfen in einer Druckposition;
Fig. 6a
eine schematische Darstellung einer Trocknereinheit einer Druckmaschine, wobei eine Energieabgabeeinrichtung in einer Einwirkposition angeordnet ist;
Fig. 6b
eine schematische Darstellung eine schematische Darstellung einer Trocknereinheit einer Druckmaschine, wobei eine Energieabgabeeinrichtung in einer als Zugangsposition ausgebildeten Abstellposition angeordnet ist und wobei ein Bedruckstoff oder zumindest dessen vorgesehener Transportweg eingezeichnet ist;
Fig. 6c
eine schematische Darstellung eine schematische Darstellung einer Trocknereinheit einer Druckmaschine, wobei eine Energieabgabeeinrichtung in einer als Einziehposition ausgebildeten Abstellposition angeordnet ist;
Fig. 7a
eine schematische perspektivische Darstellung einer Trocknereinheit einer Druckmaschine, wobei eine Energieabgabeeinrichtung in einer Einwirkposition angeordnet ist;
Fig. 7b
eine schematische perspektivische Darstellung einer Trocknereinheit einer Druckmaschine, wobei eine Energieabgabeeinrichtung in einer als Einziehposition ausgebildeten Abstellposition angeordnet ist.
Show it:
Fig. 1
a schematic representation of a transport path for printing material through a printing unit and a dryer;
Fig. 2
a schematic representation of a deflection of a printing material on a guide element;
Fig. 3
a schematic representation of a set of guide elements, which are held by a common support frame;
Fig. 4
a schematic representation of a part of a printing section;
Fig. 5a
a schematic representation of a printing assembly with guide elements in a working position and printheads in a printing position;
Fig. 5b
a schematic representation of the printing unit according to Fig. 1a with guide elements in a working position and print heads in a storage position;
Fig. 5c
a schematic representation of the printing unit according to Fig. 1a with guide elements in a maintenance position and printheads in a printing position;
Fig. 6a
1 shows a schematic representation of a dryer unit of a printing press, wherein an energy delivery device is arranged in an active position;
Fig. 6b
a schematic representation a schematic representation of a dryer unit of a printing press, wherein an energy output device is arranged in a parking position designed as an access position and wherein a printing material or at least its intended transport path is shown;
Fig. 6c
a schematic representation a schematic representation of a dryer unit of a printing press, an energy output device being arranged in a storage position designed as a retracting position;
Fig. 7a
is a schematic perspective view of a dryer unit of a printing press, wherein an energy output device is arranged in an active position;
Fig. 7b
is a schematic perspective view of a dryer unit of a printing press, wherein an energy output device is arranged in a storage position designed as a retracting position.

Unter dem Begriff eines Druckfluids sind im Vorangegangenen und im Folgenden Tinten und Druckfarben, aber auch Lacke und pastöse Materialien zusammengefasst. Bevorzugt sind Druckfluide Materialien, die durch eine Druckmaschine 01 oder zumindest ein Druckaggregat 200 der Druckmaschine 01 auf einen Bedruckstoff 02 übertragen werden und/oder übertragbar sind und dabei bevorzugt in fein strukturierter Form und/oder nicht lediglich großflächig eine bevorzugt sichtbare und/oder durch Sinneseindrücke spürbare und/oder maschinell detektierbare Textur auf dem Bedruckstoff 02 begründen. Tinten und Druckfarben sind bevorzugt Lösungen oder Dispersionen zumindest eines Farbmittels in zumindest einem Lösungsmittel. Als Lösungsmittel kommen beispielsweise Wasser und/oder organische Lösungsmittel in Betracht. Alternativ oder zusätzlich kann das Druckfluid als unter UV-Licht vernetzendes Druckfluid ausgebildet sein. Tinten sind relativ niedrigviskose Druckfluide und Druckfarben sind relativ hochviskose Druckfluide. Tinten weisen dabei bevorzugt kein Bindemittel oder relativ wenig Bindemittel auf, während Druckfarben bevorzugt relativ viel Bindemittel und weiter bevorzugt weitere Hilfsstoffe enthalten. Farbmittel können Pigmente und/oder Farbstoffe sein, wobei Pigmente im Anwendungsmedium unlöslich sind, während Farbstoffe im Anwendungsmedium löslich sind.The term “printing fluid” includes in the foregoing and below inks and printing inks, but also varnishes and pasty materials. Preference is given to printing fluid materials which are transferred and / or are transferable to a printing material 02 by a printing press 01 or at least one printing unit 200 of the printing press 01 and are preferably in a finely structured form and / or not only over a large area, and are preferably visible and / or through sensory impressions Establish noticeable and / or machine-detectable texture on the substrate 02. Inks and printing inks are preferably solutions or dispersions of at least one colorant in at least one solvent. Water, for example, comes as a solvent and / or organic solvents. Alternatively or additionally, the pressure fluid can be designed as a pressure fluid that crosslinks under UV light. Inks are relatively low viscosity printing fluids and inks are relatively high viscosity printing fluids. Inks preferably have no binder or relatively little binder, while printing inks preferably contain a relatively large amount of binder and more preferably further auxiliaries. Colorants can be pigments and / or dyes, pigments being insoluble in the application medium, while dyes are soluble in the application medium.

Der Einfachheit halber soll im Vorangegangenen und im Folgenden - falls nicht explizit unterschieden und entsprechend benannt - der Ausdruck "Druckfarbe" oder "Druckfluid" im Sinne eines in der Druckmaschine zu verdruckenden flüssigen oder zumindest fließfähigen Färbefluids verstanden sein, der sich nicht nur auf die umgangssprachlich eher mit dem Ausdruck "Druckfarbe" in Verbindung gebrachten höherviskosen Färbefluide für die Anwendung in Rotationsdruckmaschinen, sondern neben diesen höherviskosen Färbefluids im Besonderen auch niederviskose Färbefluids wie "Tinten", insbesondere Inkjet-Tinten, aber auch pulverförmige Färbefluids wie z. B. Toner, einschließt. So sind im Vorangegangenen und im Folgenden insbesondere auch farblose Lacke gemeint, wenn von Druckfluiden und/oder Tinten und/oder Druckfarben die Rede ist. Bevorzugt sind im Vorangegangenen und im Folgenden insbesondere auch Mittel für eine Vorbehandlung (sogenanntes precoating) des Bedruckstoffs 02 gemeint, wenn von Druckfluiden und/oder Tinten und/oder Druckfarben die Rede ist. Alternativ zu dem Begriff des Druckfluids ist der Begriff des Beschichtungsmittel synonym zu verstehen.For the sake of simplicity, the expression "printing ink" or "printing fluid" in the sense of a liquid or at least flowable coloring fluid to be printed in the printing press should be understood in the foregoing and below - unless explicitly differentiated and named accordingly - and not only colloquially Rather higher-viscosity coloring fluids associated with the expression "printing ink" for use in rotary printing presses, but in addition to these higher-viscosity coloring fluids in particular also low-viscosity coloring fluids such as "inks", in particular inkjet inks, but also pulverulent coloring fluids such as e.g. B. toner. Thus, in the foregoing and in the following, in particular, also colorless lacquers are meant when it comes to printing fluids and / or inks and / or printing inks. In the foregoing and in the following in particular, means for a pre-treatment (so-called precoating) of the printing substrate 02 are preferred when printing fluids and / or inks and / or printing inks are mentioned. As an alternative to the term pressure fluid, the term coating agent is to be understood synonymously.

Als Druckmaschine 01 ist hier eine zumindest ein Druckfluid auf einen Bedruckstoff 02 auftragende oder aufzutragen fähige Maschine zu verstehen. Eine Druckmaschine 01 weist bevorzugt zumindest eine Bedruckstoffquelle, bevorzugt zumindest ein erstes Druckaggregat 200, bevorzugt zumindest ein erstes die Trocknung unterstützendes Mittel, d. h. erstes Trocknungshilfsmittel 301, z. B. einen ersten Trockner 301, und bevorzugt zumindest eine Nachbearbeitungsvorrichtung auf. Die Druckmaschine 01 weist gegebenenfalls beispielsweise zumindest ein zweites Druckaggregat und beispielsweise zumindest ein zweites die Trocknung unterstützendes Mittel, d. h. Trocknungshilfsmittel, z. B. einen zweiten Trockner auf. Die Druckmaschine 01 ist als Tintenstrahldruckmaschine 01 ausgebildet. Bevorzugt ist die Druckmaschine 01 als Rollen-Tintenstrahldruckmaschine 01 ausgebildet. Die Druckmaschine 01 ist als eine - insgesamt oder ggf. neben anderen Non Impact Druckverfahren und/oder druckformbasierten Verfahren - nach dem Inkjet- oder Tintenstrahlverfahren arbeitende Druckmaschine 01 ausgeführt, insbesondere als Tintenstrahldruckmaschine 01. Das zumindest eine erste Druckaggregat 200 ist bevorzugt als zumindest ein erstes Tintenstrahldruckaggregat 200 ausgebildet. Insbesondere ist das Druckaggregat 200 bevorzugt ein Druckaggregat 200 für eine Bearbeitung von bahnförmigem Bedruckstoff 02.A printing machine 01 is to be understood here as a machine that is capable of applying or capable of applying at least one printing fluid to a printing substrate 02. A printing press 01 preferably has at least one printing material source, preferably at least one first printing unit 200, preferably at least one first agent that supports drying, ie first drying aid 301, e.g. B. a first dryer 301, and preferred at least one post-processing device. The printing press 01 optionally has, for example, at least one second printing unit and, for example, at least one second drying aid, ie drying aids, e.g. B. a second dryer. The printing press 01 is designed as an inkjet printing press 01. The printing press 01 is preferably designed as a roll inkjet printing press 01. The printing press 01 is designed as a printing press 01, which works as a whole or possibly alongside other non-impact printing processes and / or printing form-based processes, in particular as an inkjet printing press 01. The at least one first printing unit 200 is preferably at least a first Inkjet printing unit 200 is formed. In particular, the printing unit 200 is preferably a printing unit 200 for processing web-shaped printing material 02.

Im Fall einer Rollen-Druckmaschine 01 ist die Bedruckstoffquelle als Rollenabspulvorrichtung ausgebildet. In der Bedruckstoffquelle wird bevorzugt zumindest ein Bedruckstoff 02 ausgerichtet, bevorzugt zumindest bezüglich einer Kante dieses Bedruckstoffs 02. In der Rollenabspulvorrichtung einer Rollen-Druckmaschine 01 wird zumindest ein bahnförmiger Bedruckstoff 02, also eine Bedruckstoffbahn 02, vorzugsweise eine Papierbahn 02 von einer Bedruckstoffrolle 101 abgespult und bevorzugt bezüglich ihrer Kanten in einer axialen Richtung A ausgerichtet. Die axiale Richtung A ist bevorzugt eine Richtung A, die sich parallel zu einer Rotationsachse einer Bedruckstoffrolle in einer Querrichtung A erstreckt. Die Querrichtung A ist bevorzugt eine horizontal verlaufende Richtung A. Die Querrichtung A ist orthogonal zu der vorgesehenen Transportrichtung des Bedruckstoffs 02 und/oder orthogonal zu dem vorgesehenen Transportweg des Bedruckstoffs 02 durch das zumindest eine erste Druckaggregat 200 orientiert. Ein Transportweg des zumindest einen Bedruckstoffs 02 und insbesondere die Bedruckstoffbahn 02 verläuft im Anschluss an die zumindest eine Bedruckstoffquelle bevorzugt durch das zumindest eine erste Druckaggregat 200, wo der Bedruckstoff 02 und insbesondere die Bedruckstoffbahn 02 bevorzugt mittels zumindest einer Druckfarbe einseitig mit einem Druckbild versehen wird.In the case of a web printing press 01, the printing material source is designed as a web unwinding device. At least one printing material 02 is preferably aligned in the printing material source, preferably at least with respect to an edge of this printing material 02. In the roll unwinding device of a roll printing machine 01, at least one web-shaped printing material 02, i.e. a printing material web 02, preferably a paper web 02, is unwound from a printing material roll 101 and preferably aligned with respect to their edges in an axial direction A. The axial direction A is preferably a direction A, which extends in a transverse direction A parallel to an axis of rotation of a printing material roll. The transverse direction A is preferably a horizontally running direction A. The transverse direction A is oriented orthogonally to the intended transport direction of the printing material 02 and / or orthogonally to the intended transport path of the printing material 02 through the at least one first printing unit 200. A transport path of the at least one printing substrate 02 and in particular the printing substrate web 02 preferably runs through the at least one first printing unit 200 following the at least one printing substrate source, where the Printing material 02 and in particular the printing material web 02 is preferably provided on one side with a printed image by means of at least one printing ink.

Die Transportrichtung ist im Fall eines gekrümmten Transportwegs bevorzugt jeweils diejenige Richtung, die tangential zu einem einem jeweiligen Referenzpunkt nächsten Teilstück und/oder Punkt des vorgesehenen Transportwegs verläuft. Dieser jeweilige Referenzpunkt liegt bevorzugt an dem Punkt und/oder an dem Bauteil, das zu der Transportrichtung in Bezug gesetzt wird.In the case of a curved transport path, the transport direction is preferably that direction which is tangential to a section and / or point of the intended transport path closest to a respective reference point. This respective reference point is preferably at the point and / or on the component that is related to the transport direction.

Im Folgenden wird die Erfindung anhand einer Tintenstrahldruckmaschine 01 beschrieben.The invention is described below using an inkjet printing machine 01.

Bevorzugt weist die Rollenabspulvorrichtung entlang des vorgesehenen Transportwegs der Bedruckstoffbahn 02 nach einer Rollenhaltevorrichtung eine bevorzugt an einem Tänzerhebel auslenkbar angeordnete Tänzerwalze und/oder einen ersten Bahnkantenausrichter und/oder ein, einen von einer Zugwalze und einem Zugpresseur gebildeten Einzugspalt und eine als erste Messwalze, insbesondere Einzugmesswalze ausgebildete erste Messeinrichtung aufweisendes Einzugwerk auf. Diese Zugwalze weist bevorzugt einen eigenen, als Zugantriebsmotor ausgebildeten Antriebsmotor auf, der bevorzugt mit einer Maschinensteuerung verbunden ist. Mittels der Tänzerwalze ist eine Bahnspannung einstellbar und in Grenzen haltbar und/oder wird die Bahnspannung bevorzugt in Grenzen gehalten. Gegebenenfalls weist die Rollenabspulvorrichtung eine Klebe- und Schneideinrichtung auf, mittels der ein Rollenwechsel fliegend, d. h. ohne Stillstand der Bedruckstoffbahn 02 vonstattengehen kann. Dem ersten Bahnkantenausrichter nachfolgend ist bevorzugt das Einzugwerk angeordnet. Als Bestandteil des Einzugwerks ist bevorzugt die zumindest die Zugwalze angeordnet, mit der bevorzugt der Zugpresseur zusammen den Einzugspalt bildend angeordnet ist. Der Einzugspalt dient einer Regelung einer Bahnspannung und/oder einem Transport des Bedruckstoffs 02.Preferably, the roll unwinding device along the intended transport path of the printing material web 02, after a roll holding device, has a dancer roll, which is preferably deflectable on a dancer lever, and / or a first web edge aligner and / or a feed nip formed by a pull roller and a pull press and a first measuring roller, in particular a feed measuring roller trained first measuring device having feed mechanism. This pull roller preferably has its own drive motor designed as a pull drive motor, which is preferably connected to a machine control. A web tension can be set and kept within limits by means of the dancer roller and / or the web tension is preferably kept within limits. If necessary, the roll unwinding device has an adhesive and cutting device, by means of which a roll change can be carried out on the fly, ie without the printing material web 02 standing still. The feed mechanism is preferably arranged downstream of the first web edge aligner. The at least the draw roller is preferably arranged as part of the feed mechanism which preferably the pulling press is arranged together to form the feed gap. The feed gap serves to regulate a web tension and / or to transport the printing material 02.

Unter einem Druckaggregat 200 ist eine Vorrichtung zu verstehen, mittels der ein bahnoder bogenförmiger Bedruckstoff 02 zumindest auf einer seiner Seiten mit zumindest einem Druckfluid versehen wird oder werden kann. Das zumindest eine erste Druckaggregat 200 der Druckmaschine 01 weist bevorzugt zumindest eine Druckstelle 201 auf. Unter einer Druckstelle 201 ist dabei ein bevorzugt vollständiger Bereich zu verstehen, in dem Kontakt zwischen einem jeweiligen selben Druckfluid und einem Bedruckstoff 02 hergestellt wird oder herstellbar ist. Der Begriff der Druckstelle 201 soll auch dann zum Einsatz kommen, wenn das Druckfluid ohne Pressung zwischen Bedruckstoff 02 einerseits und einem das Druckfluid übertragenden Bauteil andererseits auf den Bedruckstoff 02 aufgetragen wird, beispielsweise durch ein Auftreffen frei beweglichen Druckfluids auf dem Bedruckstoff 02, beispielsweise fliegender Tropfen des Druckfluids. Bevorzugt umfasst eine Druckstelle 201 sämtliche Bereiche, die für ein Auftreffen eines bestimmten, insbesondere dieser Druckstelle 201 zugeordneten Druckfluids auf den Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehen sind. Im Fall eines nach dem Tintenstrahldruckverfahren arbeitenden Druckaggregats 200 umfasst beispielsweise eine Druckstelle 201 sämtliche Bereiche, die für ein Auftreffen einer schwarzen Tinte auf eine erste Seite des Bedruckstoffs 02 vorgesehen sind.A printing unit 200 is to be understood as a device by means of which a web or sheet-shaped printing material 02 is or can be provided with at least one printing fluid on at least one of its sides. The at least one first printing unit 200 of the printing press 01 preferably has at least one printing point 201. A printing point 201 is to be understood as a preferably complete area in which contact between a respective same printing fluid and a printing material 02 is or can be produced. The term “printing point 201” is also to be used when the printing fluid is applied to the printing material 02 without pressure between the printing material 02 on the one hand and a component that transmits the printing fluid, for example by the impact of freely moving printing fluid on the printing material 02, for example flying drops of the pressure fluid. A printing point 201 preferably comprises all areas which are provided for a certain printing fluid, in particular associated with this printing point 201, to strike the printing material 02. In the case of a printing unit 200 operating according to the inkjet printing method, a printing point 201, for example, comprises all areas which are provided for a black ink to strike a first side of the printing substrate 02.

Das zumindest eine erste Druckaggregat 200 weist bevorzugt mehrere Druckstellen 201 auf, denen jeweils ein jeweiliges Druckfluid zugeordnet ist, beispielsweise zumindest vier Druckstellen 201, bevorzugt zumindest fünf Druckstellen 201, weiter bevorzugt zumindest sechs Druckstellen 201 und noch weiter bevorzugt zumindest sieben Druckstellen 201.The at least one first pressure unit 200 preferably has a plurality of pressure points 201, each of which is assigned a respective pressure fluid, for example at least four pressure points 201, preferably at least five pressure points 201, more preferably at least six pressure points 201 and even more preferably at least seven pressure points 201.

Eine Arbeitsbreite der Druckmaschine 01 und/oder des zumindest einen Druckaggregats 200 ist eine Abmessung, die sich bevorzugt orthogonal zu dem vorgesehenen Transportweg des Bedruckstoffs 02 durch das zumindest eine erste Druckaggregat 200 erstreckt, weiter bevorzugt in der Querrichtung A. Die Querrichtung A ist bevorzugt eine horizontal verlaufende Richtung A. Die Querrichtung A ist orthogonal zu der vorgesehenen Transportrichtung des Bedruckstoffs 02 und/oder orthogonal zu dem vorgesehenen Transportweg des Bedruckstoffs 02 durch das zumindest eine Druckaggregat 200 orientiert. Die Arbeitsbreite der Druckmaschine 01 entspricht bevorzugt einer maximalen Breite, die ein Bedruckstoff 02 aufweisen darf, um noch mit der Druckmaschine 01 verarbeitet werden zu können, also einer maximalen mit der Druckmaschine 01 verarbeitbaren Bedruckstoffbreite. Die Arbeitsbreite der Druckmaschine 01 entspricht bevorzugt der Arbeitsbreite des zumindest einen ersten Druckaggregats 200.A working width of the printing press 01 and / or of the at least one printing unit 200 is a dimension that is preferably orthogonal to the intended one Transport path of the printing material 02 extends through the at least one first printing unit 200, more preferably in the transverse direction A. The transverse direction A is preferably a horizontally running direction A. The transverse direction A is orthogonal to the intended transport direction of the printing material 02 and / or orthogonal to the intended one Transport path of the printing material 02 through the at least one printing unit 200 oriented. The working width of the printing press 01 preferably corresponds to a maximum width that a printing substrate 02 may have in order to be able to be processed with the printing press 01, that is to say a maximum printing substrate width that can be processed by the printing press 01. The working width of the printing press 01 preferably corresponds to the working width of the at least one first printing unit 200.

Jede Druckstelle 201 weist bevorzugt zumindest eine Auftragstelle 211 auf. Jede Auftragstelle 211 ist bevorzugt zumindest einer bilderzeugenden Einrichtung 221 zugeordnet, insbesondere zumindest einem Druckkopf 221 und weiter bevorzugt zumindest einer Druckkopfreihe 222. Jede Auftragstelle 211 erstreckt sich bevorzugt in der Querrichtung A, weiter bevorzugt über die gesamte Arbeitsbreite der Druckmaschine 01. Im Fall einer Tintenstrahldruckmaschine 01 ist die zumindest eine bilderzeugende Einrichtung 221 bevorzugt als zumindest ein Druckkopf 221, insbesondere Tintenstrahldruckkopf 221 ausgebildet. Das zumindest eine Druckaggregat 200 weist bevorzugt zumindest zwei druckköpfe 221 auf. Beispielsweise zeichnet sich das zumindest eine Druckaggregat 200 dadurch aus, dass die zumindest zwei Druckköpfe 221 als für ein Non Impact Druckverfahren ausgelegte Druckköpfe 221 ausgebildet sind und weiter bevorzugt dadurch, dass die zumindest zwei Druckköpfe 221 als Tintenstrahldruckköpfe 221 ausgebildet sind. Bilderzeugende Einrichtungen 221 wie beispielsweise Druckköpfe 221 weisen üblicherweise eine begrenzte Abmessung auf, insbesondere in der Querrichtung A. Daraus ergibt sich ein eingeschränkter Bereich des Bedruckstoffs 02, auf den von einem jeweiligen Druckkopf 221 Druckfluid aufgetragen werden kann. Deshalb werden üblicherweise mehrere bilderzeugende Einrichtungen 221 oder Druckköpfe 221 in der Querrichtung A hintereinander angeordnet. Solche bezüglich der Querrichtung A hintereinander angeordneten Druckköpfe 221 werden als Druckkopfreihe 222 bezeichnet. Im Folgenden werden unterbrochene Druckkopfreihen 222 und durchgehende Druckkopfreihen 222 beschrieben. Im Sonderfall eines sich über die gesamte Arbeitsbreite erstreckenden Druckkopfes 221 soll dieser ebenfalls als Druckkopfreihe 222 gelten, insbesondere als durchgehende Druckkopfreihe 222.Each printing point 201 preferably has at least one job point 211. Each job site 211 is preferably assigned to at least one image-forming device 221, in particular at least one print head 221 and further preferably at least one print head row 222. Each job site 211 preferably extends in the transverse direction A, more preferably over the entire working width of the printing press 01. In the case of an inkjet printing press 01, the at least one imaging device 221 is preferably designed as at least one printhead 221, in particular inkjet printhead 221. The at least one printing unit 200 preferably has at least two printing heads 221. For example, the at least one printing unit 200 is characterized in that the at least two print heads 221 are designed as print heads 221 designed for a non-impact printing process, and further preferably in that the at least two print heads 221 are designed as ink-jet print heads 221. Imaging devices 221, such as printheads 221, usually have a limited dimension, in particular in the transverse direction A. This results in a restricted area of the printing substrate 02, to which printing fluid 221 can be applied by a respective printhead. Therefore, multiple imaging devices 221 are commonly used or print heads 221 arranged one behind the other in the transverse direction A. Such print heads 221 arranged one behind the other in the transverse direction A are referred to as print head rows 222. Interrupted print head rows 222 and continuous print head rows 222 are described below. In the special case of a printhead 221 which extends over the entire working width, this should also count as a printhead row 222, in particular as a continuous printhead row 222.

Üblicherweise sind solche einzelnen Druckköpfe 221 nicht bis zu einem Rand ihres Gehäuses mit Düsen versehen. Darum sind bevorzugt zumindest zwei und weiter bevorzugt genau zwei sich in der Querrichtung A erstreckende Druckkopfreihen 222 entlang des für den Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportwegs versetzt zueinander angeordnet. Solche Druckkopfreihen 221 sind beispielsweise unterbrochene Druckkopfreihen 222. Jeweils zwei solche insbesondere unterbrochenen Druckkopfreihen 222 bilden gemeinsam eine Doppelreihe 223 von Druckköpfen 221. Durch entsprechende versetzte Anordnung der Druckköpfe 221 der beiden unterbrochenen Druckkopfreihen 222 ist bevorzugt die gesamte Arbeitsbreite der Druckmaschine 01 und/oder des zumindest einen ersten Druckaggregats 200 von Düsen der Druckköpfe erreichbar. Bevorzugt sind in einer Richtung orthogonal zu der Querrichtung A, insbesondere in Transportrichtung entlang des vorgesehenen Transportwegs des Bedruckstoffs 02 mehrere Druckkopfreihen 222, weiter bevorzugt zumindest vier Doppelreihen 223 und noch weiter bevorzugt zumindest acht Doppelreihen 223 von Druckköpfen 221 nacheinander angeordnet.Such individual print heads 221 are usually not provided with nozzles up to one edge of their housing. Therefore, at least two, and more preferably exactly two, print head rows 222 extending in the transverse direction A are preferably arranged offset with respect to one another along the transport path provided for the printing substrate 02. Such print head rows 221 are, for example, interrupted print head rows 222. In each case two such, in particular interrupted, print head rows 222 together form a double row 223 of print heads 221. By means of a correspondingly offset arrangement of the print heads 221 of the two interrupted print head rows 222, the entire working width of the printing press 01 and / or at least one is preferably a first printing unit 200 can be reached from nozzles of the printing heads. A plurality of print head rows 222, more preferably at least four double rows 223 and even more preferably at least eight double rows 223 of print heads 221 are preferably arranged in a direction orthogonal to the transverse direction A, in particular in the transport direction along the intended transport path of the printing substrate 02.

Jeder Düse ist bevorzugt ein eindeutig festgelegter Zielbereich auf die Richtung A der Breite der Bedruckstoffbahn 02 und bevorzugt auf die Querrichtung A bezogen zugeordnet. Bevorzugt ist jeder Zielbereich einer Düse zumindest in dem Druckbetrieb eindeutig festgelegt. Insbesondere ist ein Zielbereich einer Düse derjenige insbesondere im Wesentlichen geradlinige Raumbereich, der sich in einer Ausstoßrichtung dieser Düse von dieser Düse aus erstreckt. Ein Auftreffbereich ist bevorzugt ein Bereich, der für einen Kontakt von Druckfluid mit dem Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehen ist, insbesondere für Tropfen von Druckfluid mit dem Bedruckstoff 02. Jeder Düse jedes Druckkopfes 221 ist bevorzugt ein Auftreffbereich zugeordnet, insbesondere in einem direkten Tintenstrahldruckverfahren. Ein Auftreffbereich eines Druckkopfes 221 ist bevorzugt eine Summe aller Auftreffbereiche von Düsen dieses Druckkopfes 221. Eine Auftragstelle 211 ist bevorzugt eine Summe von Auftreffbereichen von insbesondere funktionell zusammengefassten Druckköpfen 221, die gemeinsam die gesamte Arbeitsbreite der Druckmaschine 01 überspannen. Im Fall von als Doppelreihen 223 ausgebildeten Paaren von unterbrochenen Druckkopfreihen 222 ist eine Auftragstelle 211 bevorzugt eine Summe von Auftreffbereichen der Druckköpfe 221, die gemeinsam die Doppelreihe bilden.Each nozzle is preferably assigned a clearly defined target area in the direction A of the width of the printing material web 02 and preferably in the transverse direction A. Each target area of a nozzle is preferably clearly defined, at least in the printing mode. In particular, a target region of a nozzle is that region of space, which in particular is essentially a straight line, and which extends in an ejection direction of this nozzle from this nozzle. An impact area is preferably an area that is suitable for a Contact of printing fluid with the printing material 02 is provided, in particular for drops of printing fluid with the printing material 02. Each nozzle of each print head 221 is preferably assigned an impact area, in particular in a direct ink jet printing process. A striking area of a print head 221 is preferably a sum of all striking areas of nozzles of this printhead 221. An application point 211 is preferably a sum of striking areas of functionally combined printheads 221, which together span the entire working width of the printing press 01. In the case of pairs of interrupted print head rows 222 designed as double rows 223, an application point 211 is preferably a sum of areas of impact of the print heads 221, which together form the double row.

Ein Druckaggregat 200 umfasst beispielsweise lediglich eine Druckstelle 201, beispielsweise für die Farbe Schwarz. Bevorzugt weist das zumindest eine erste Druckaggregat 200 aber wie beschreiben mehrere Druckstellen 201 auf. Die Druckstellen 201 können sich räumlich direkt aneinander anschließen oder aber voneinander beabstandet sein, beispielsweise nach Farben getrennt. Unter den Begriff einer Druckstelle 201 soll auch ein Abschnitt fallen, der - z. B. ohne Unterbrechung durch eine andere Farbe - mehrere aufeinander folgenden Auftragstellen 211 einer selben Farbe aufweist. Für den Fall lediglich einer Druckstelle 201 stellt diese gleichzeitig die erste und die letzte Druckstelle 201 des betreffenden Druckaggregats 200 dar.A printing unit 200, for example, comprises only one printing point 201, for example for the color black. Preferably, however, the at least one first printing unit 200 has, as described, a plurality of printing points 201. The pressure points 201 can directly adjoin one another spatially or can be spaced apart, for example separated by colors. The term pressure point 201 should also include a section which - e.g. B. without interruption by a different color - has several successive job sites 211 of the same color. In the case of only one printing point 201, this simultaneously represents the first and the last printing point 201 of the relevant printing unit 200.

Beispielsweise im Fall eines indirekten Tintenstrahldruckverfahrens ist eine Druckstelle ein Kontaktbereich zwischen einem Übertragungskörper und dem Bedruckstoff 02. Bevorzugt weist das zumindest eine Druckaggregat 200 zumindest einen Druckkopf 221 auf, der als zumindest ein Tintenstrahldruckkopf 221 ausgebildet ist. Jeder Druckkopf 221 weist bevorzugt eine Mehrzahl von Düsen auf, aus denen Tropfen von Druckfluid, insbesondere Tintentropfen ausgestoßen werden und/oder ausstoßbar sind. Bevorzugt weist das zumindest eine Druckaggregat 200 zumindest einen Düsenbalken 231 auf. Ein Düsenbalken 231 ist dabei ein Bauteil, das sich bevorzugt über zumindest 80 % und weiter bevorzugt zumindest 100 % der Arbeitsbreite der Druckmaschine 01 erstreckt und/oder bevorzugt als Träger des zumindest einen Druckkopfs 221 dient. Dabei ist beispielsweise ein einziger oder sind bevorzugt mehrere Düsenbalken 231 je Druckaggregat 200 angeordnet. Weiter bevorzugt weist das zumindest eine Druckaggregat 200 zumindest drei Düsenbalken 231 auf, noch weiter bevorzugt zumindest fünf Düsenbalken 231 und noch weiter bevorzugt zumindest vierzehn (14) Düsenbalken 231. Der zumindest eine erste Düsenbalken 231 erstreckt sich bevorzugt orthogonal zu dem vorgesehenen Transportweg des Bedruckstoffs 02 über die gesamte Arbeitsbreite der Druckmaschine 01, insbesondere in der Querrichtung A.For example, in the case of an indirect inkjet printing method, a printing point is a contact area between a transfer body and the printing substrate 02. The at least one printing unit 200 preferably has at least one print head 221, which is designed as at least one inkjet print head 221. Each printhead 221 preferably has a plurality of nozzles from which drops of printing fluid, in particular ink drops, are ejected and / or ejectable are. The at least one pressure unit 200 preferably has at least one nozzle bar 231. A nozzle bar 231 is a component which preferably extends over at least 80% and more preferably at least 100% of the working width of the printing press 01 and / or preferably serves as a carrier for the at least one printhead 221. In this case, for example, a single or preferably a plurality of nozzle bars 231 are arranged per printing unit 200. The at least one printing unit 200 further preferably has at least three nozzle bars 231, even more preferably at least five nozzle bars 231 and even more preferably at least fourteen (14) nozzle bars 231. The at least one first nozzle bar 231 preferably extends orthogonally to the intended transport path of the printing substrate 02 over the entire working width of the printing press 01, in particular in the transverse direction A.

Bevorzugt weist der zumindest eine Düsenbalken 231 jeweils zumindest einen Druckkopf 221 und bevorzugt jeweils mehrere Druckköpfe 221 auf. In dem Fall, in dem der zumindest eine Düsenbalken 231 jeweils nur einen Druckkopf 221 aufweist, erstreckt sich dieser Druckkopf 221 bevorzugt über eine gesamte Arbeitsbreite der Druckmaschine 01. In dem Fall, in dem der zumindest eine Düsenbalken 231 jeweils mehrere Druckköpfe 221 aufweist, sind diese Druckköpfe 221 bevorzugt als zumindest eine Druckkopfreihe 221 oder weiter bevorzugt als zumindest eine Doppelreihe 223 von Druckköpfen 221 ausgebildet und erstreckt sich die zumindest eine Druckkopfreihe 222 oder Doppelreihe 223 von Druckköpfen 221 bevorzugt über eine gesamte Arbeitsbreite der Druckmaschine 01. Im Fall einer Doppelreihe 223 von Druckköpfen 221 ist die zumindest eine Reihe von Düsen des jeweiligen Düsenbalkens 231 bevorzugt auf zumindest zwei unterbrochene Druckkopfreihen 222 aufgeteilt.The at least one nozzle bar 231 preferably has at least one print head 221 and preferably a plurality of print heads 221. In the case in which the at least one nozzle bar 231 each has only one print head 221, this print head 221 preferably extends over an entire working width of the printing press 01. In the case in which the at least one nozzle bar 231 each has a plurality of print heads 221 these printheads 221 are preferably designed as at least one printhead row 221 or more preferably as at least one double row 223 of printheads 221 and the at least one printhead row 222 or double row 223 of printheads 221 preferably extends over an entire working width of the printing press 01. In the case of a double row 223 of Printheads 221, the at least one row of nozzles of the respective nozzle bar 231 is preferably divided into at least two interrupted printhead rows 222.

Bevorzugt weist der zumindest eine Düsenbalken 213 in einer Förderrichtung einer Bedruckstoffführung 249 mehrere Reihen von Düsen auf. Diese Förderrichtung der Bedruckstoffführung 249 ist bevorzugt identisch mit der Transportrichtung des für den Transport von Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportwegs. Bevorzugt weist jeder Druckkopf 221 eine Vielzahl von Düsen auf, die weiter bevorzugt in einer Matrix von mehreren Zeilen in Querrichtung A und/oder mehreren Spalten bevorzugt in Förderrichtung der Bedruckstoffführung 249 angeordnet sind, wobei derartige Spalten beispielsweise schräg zu der Förderrichtung der Bedruckstoffführung 249 verlaufend angeordnet sind, beispielsweise um eine Auflösung eines Druckbildes zu erhöhen.The at least one nozzle bar 213 preferably has a plurality of rows of nozzles in a conveying direction of a printing material guide 249. This conveying direction of the printing material guide 249 is preferably identical to the transport direction of the transport path provided for the transport of printing material 02. Preferably everyone has Printhead 221 on a plurality of nozzles, which are further preferably arranged in a matrix of several rows in the transverse direction A and / or several columns, preferably in the conveying direction of the substrate guide 249, such columns being arranged, for example, obliquely to the conveying direction of the substrate guide 249 to increase the resolution of a printed image.

Der zumindest eine Druckkopf 221 arbeitet zur Erzeugung von Druckfarbetropfen bevorzugt nach dem drop-on-demand-Verfahren, bei dem Druckfarbetropfen bei Bedarf gezielt erzeugt werden. Bevorzugt kommt je Düse zumindest ein Heizelement zum Einsatz, das eine Verdampfung von Druckfluid innerhalb eines Reservoirs erzeugt. Alternativ kommt je Düse zumindest ein Piezoelement zum Einsatz, das bei Anlage einer Spannung ein mit Druckfarbe gefülltes Volumen mit hoher Geschwindigkeit um einen bestimmten Anteil verringern kann.The at least one print head 221 preferably works according to the drop-on-demand method in order to generate ink drops, in which ink drops are specifically generated if required. At least one heating element is preferably used for each nozzle, which generates an evaporation of pressure fluid within a reservoir. Alternatively, at least one piezo element is used for each nozzle, which can reduce a volume filled with printing ink by a certain amount at high speed when a voltage is applied.

Eine Förderstrecke, insbesondere eine Förderstrecke für Bedruckstoff 02 umfasst bevorzugt diejenigen Einrichtungen 241; 251; 252; 253; 254; 256; 257; 303; 306; 343; 344, die einen Transportweg für den Bedruckstoff 02 festlegen, beispielsweise Walzen, Zylinder, Leitelemente und ähnliches. Eine Förderstrecke des zumindest einen ersten Druckaggregats 200, die sich von einer entlang des für den Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportwegs ersten Druckstelle 201 des zumindest einen ersten Druckaggregats 200 bis zu einer entlang des für den Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportwegs letzten Druckstelle 201 des zumindest einen ersten Druckaggregats 200 erstreckt, wird als Druckstrecke 224 des zumindest einen ersten Druckaggregats 200 bezeichnet. Der vorgesehene Transportweg ist dabei derjenige Raumbereich, den der Bedruckstoff 02 im Fall seiner Anwesenheit gegebenenfalls einnehmen würde. Die Förderstrecke des zumindest einen ersten Druckaggregats 200 umfasst bevorzugt diejenigen Einrichtungen 241; 251; 252; 254; 256, die den Transportweg durch das zumindest eine erste Druckaggregat 200 festlegen, insbesondere sowohl den vorgesehen Transportweg unabhängig von einer Anwesenheit des Bedruckstoffs 02 als auch den tatsächlichen Transportweg bei anwesendem Bedruckstoff 02. Der von der Druckstrecke 224 festgelegte Teil des vorgesehenes Transportweg des Bedruckstoffs 02 wird als Druckabschnitt 226 des vorgesehenen Transportwegs bezeichnet.A conveyor line, in particular a conveyor line for printing substrate 02, preferably comprises those devices 241; 251; 252; 253; 254; 256; 257; 303; 306; 343; 344, which define a transport path for the printing material 02, for example rollers, cylinders, guide elements and the like. A conveying path of the at least one first printing unit 200, which extends from a first printing point 201 of the at least one first printing unit 200 along the transport path provided for the printing substrate 02 to a last printing point 201 of the at least one first printing unit 200 along the transport path provided for the printing substrate 02 extends, is referred to as the printing path 224 of the at least one first printing unit 200. The intended transport route is the space area that the printing substrate 02 would take up if it were present. The conveying path of the at least one first printing unit 200 preferably comprises those devices 241; 251; 252; 254; 256, which determine the transport path through the at least one first printing unit 200, in particular both the intended transport path regardless of the presence of the printing material 02 and the one actual transport route when printing material 02 is present. The part of the intended transport route of printing material 02 defined by printing path 224 is referred to as printing section 226 of the intended transport route.

Bevorzugt weist das zumindest eine Druckaggregat 200 entlang des Druckabschnitts 226 des für Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportwegs mehrere Stützstellen 261 auf. Stützstellen 261 zeichnen sich bevorzugt dadurch aus, dass an Stützstellen 261 der vorgesehene Transportweg bezüglich seiner Transportrichtung beeinflusst, beispielsweise verändert wird. Diese Stützstellen 261 sind bevorzugt durch jeweilige Leitelemente 241 festgelegt. Die Leitelemente 241 sind bevorzugt Bestandteil der Bedruckstoffführung 249. Leitelemente 241 sind bevorzugt solche Einrichtungen, die den für den Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportweg begrenzen und umlenken und insbesondere im Fall der Anwesenheit des Bedruckstoffs 02 bevorzugt zumindest teilweise mit dem Bedruckstoff 02 in Kontakt stehen. Als Leitelemente 241 kommen mitdrehende und/oder zwangsgetriebene Walzen und/oder Rollen und/oder Bandfördereinrichtungen in Frage, bevorzugt sind die Leitelemente 241 jedoch als einteilige oder mehrteilige feststehende Leitelemente 241 ausgebildet. Ein Umlenkwinkel 227 eines Leitelements 241 ist bevorzugt ein Winkel zwischen einer ersten lokalen Transportrichtung T1 und einer zweiten lokalen Transportrichtung T2, wobei die erste lokale Transportrichtung T1 eine Richtung T1 des für den Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportwegs in einem Bereich ist, in dem der vorgesehene Transportweg auf das Leitelement 241 aufläuft bzw. aufzulaufen vorgesehen ist und wobei die zweite lokale Transportrichtung T2 eine Richtung T2 des für den Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportwegs in einem Bereich ist, in dem der vorgesehene Transportweg das Leitelement 241 verlässt bzw. zu verlassen vorgesehen ist. (Beispielhaft ist dies auch schematisch in Fig. 2 erläutert.) Die Leitelemente 241 sind insbesondere Bestandteile der Förderstrecke. Zumindest die im Bereich des Druckabschnitts 226 des für Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportwegs angeordneten Leitelemente 241 sind insbesondere Bestandteile der Druckstrecke 224.The at least one printing unit 200 preferably has a plurality of support points 261 along the printing section 226 of the transport path provided for printing substrate 02. Support points 261 are preferably distinguished by the fact that at support points 261 the intended transport path is influenced, for example changed, with respect to its transport direction. These support points 261 are preferably defined by respective guide elements 241. The guide elements 241 are preferably part of the printing material guide 249. Guide elements 241 are preferably devices which limit and redirect the transport route provided for the printing material 02 and, in particular in the case of the presence of the printing material 02, are preferably at least partially in contact with the printing material 02. Co-rotating and / or positively driven rollers and / or rollers and / or belt conveyors come into question as guide elements 241, but the guide elements 241 are preferably designed as one-piece or multi-piece fixed guide elements 241. A deflection angle 227 of a guide element 241 is preferably an angle between a first local transport direction T1 and a second local transport direction T2, the first local transport direction T1 being a direction T1 of the transport path provided for the printing substrate 02 in an area in which the intended transport path is located the guide element 241 runs or is intended to run up, and the second local transport direction T2 is a direction T2 of the transport route provided for the printing substrate 02 in a region in which the intended transport route leaves or is intended to leave the guide element 241. (As an example, this is also shown schematically in Fig. 2 The guide elements 241 are in particular components of the conveyor line. At least the guide elements 241 arranged in the area of the printing section 226 of the transport path provided for printing substrate 02 are in particular components of the printing path 224.

Bevorzugt zeichnet sich das Druckaggregat 200 alternativ oder zusätzlich dadurch aus, dass die diesen Transportweg im Bereich des Druckabschnitts mit festlegenden Leitelemente 241 bezüglich Bewegungen in der axialen Richtung A feststehende Leitelemente 241 sind. Die zumindest zwei den vorgesehenen Transportweg mit festlegenden Leitelemente 241 weisen bevorzugt jeweils eine in der axialen Richtung A über zumindest 25 %, bevorzugt zumindest 50 %, weiter bevorzugt zumindest 80 % und noch weiter bevorzugt zumindest 100 % der Arbeitsbreite des Druckaggregats 200 ununterbrochene Leitfläche auf. Bevorzugt erstreckt sich das zumindest eine Leitelement 241 in der Querrichtung A über die gesamte Arbeitsbreite der Druckmaschine 01. Ein Querschnitt des zumindest einen Leitelements 241 ist bevorzugt eine Schnittmenge der zumindest einen Leitelements mit einer Ebene, deren Flächennormale parallel zu der Querrichtung A orientiert ist. Bevorzugt ist der gesamte Querschnitt des zumindest einen Leitelements 241 über die Arbeitsbreite der Druckmaschine 01 gesehen gleich, insbesondere unabhängig von der Position des Querschnitts innerhalb des Arbeitsbereichs des zumindest einen ersten Druckaggregats 200 und/oder unabhängig von der Position des Querschnitts bezüglich der Querrichtung A.As an alternative or in addition, the printing unit 200 is preferably distinguished by the fact that the guide elements 241, which define this transport path in the region of the printing section with guide elements 241 which are fixed with respect to movements in the axial direction A. The at least two guide elements 241, which define the intended transport route, preferably each have an uninterrupted guide surface in the axial direction A of at least 25%, preferably at least 50%, further preferably at least 80% and even more preferably at least 100% of the working width of the printing unit 200. The at least one guide element 241 preferably extends in the transverse direction A over the entire working width of the printing press 01. A cross section of the at least one guide element 241 is preferably an intersection of the at least one guide element with a plane whose surface normal is oriented parallel to the transverse direction A. The entire cross section of the at least one guide element 241 is preferably the same as viewed over the working width of the printing press 01, in particular independently of the position of the cross section within the working area of the at least one first printing unit 200 and / or independently of the position of the cross section with respect to the transverse direction A.

Es sind relativ flache Leitelemente 241 denkbar, beispielsweise in Form von leicht gebogenen Blechen. Bevorzugt weisen die Leitelemente jedoch eine im Wesentlichen zylindermantelförmige Oberfläche 228 auf. Bevorzugt weist der Querschnitt des zumindest einen Leitelements 241 zumindest eine gekrümmte äußere Begrenzung auf, insbesondere mit endlichem, von Null unterschiedlichem Krümmungsradius. Bevorzugt ist dieser Krümmungsradius und damit der Radius der Leitelemente 241 größer als 5 mm, weiter bevorzugt größer als 10 mm und noch weiter bevorzugt größer als 13 mm. Bevorzugt ist dieser Krümmungsradius und damit der Radius der Leitelemente 241 kleiner als 50 mm, weiter bevorzugt kleiner als 30 mm und noch weiter bevorzugt kleiner als 18 mm. Diese gekrümmte äußere Begrenzung liegt bevorzugt zumindest in einem Bereich des Querschnitts, der dem für den Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportbereich zugewandt ist. Die Krümmung ist insbesondere konvex. Weiter bevorzugt ist die gesamte äußere Begrenzung dieses Querschnitts gekrümmt. Noch weiter bevorzugt ist die Begrenzung dieses Querschnitts im Wesentlichen kreisförmig.Relatively flat guide elements 241 are conceivable, for example in the form of slightly bent metal sheets. However, the guide elements preferably have an essentially cylindrical jacket-shaped surface 228. The cross section of the at least one guide element 241 preferably has at least one curved outer boundary, in particular with a finite radius of curvature that differs from zero. This radius of curvature and thus the radius of the guide elements 241 is preferably greater than 5 mm, more preferably greater than 10 mm and even more preferably greater than 13 mm. This radius of curvature and thus the radius of the guide elements 241 is preferably less than 50 mm, more preferably less than 30 mm and even more preferably less than 18 mm. This curved outer boundary preferably lies at least in a region of the cross section which faces the transport region provided for the printing substrate 02. The curvature is particularly convex. The whole is more preferred outer boundary of this cross section curved. The boundary of this cross section is even more preferably essentially circular.

Bevorzugt weist das zumindest eine Leitelement 241 zumindest im Bereich der Arbeitsbreite der Druckmaschine 01 und/oder des zumindest einen ersten Druckaggregats 200 eine zylindermantelförmige äußere Fläche 228 auf, weiter bevorzugt über eine gesamte Ausdehnung der Arbeitsbreite der Druckmaschine 01 und noch weiter bevorzugt über die gesamte Ausdehnung des zumindest einen Leitelements in der Querrichtung A. Bevorzugt sind mehrere der Leitelemente 241 gleich aufgebaut, weiter bevorzugt sämtliche Leitelemente 241 innerhalb der Druckstrecke 224 des zumindest einen ersten Druckaggregats 200. Bevorzugt sind mehrere derartige Leitelemente 241 bezüglich des für den Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportwegs nacheinander angeordnet, insbesondere zumindest drei, weiter bevorzugt zumindest fünf und noch weiter bevorzugt zumindest vierzehn, beispielsweise achtundzwanzig. Bevorzugt weist die Druckstrecke 224 mehrere derartige nacheinander angeordnete Leitelemente 241 auf. Durch die relative Anordnung der Leitelemente 241 der Druckstrecke 224 zueinander ist für jedes Leitelement 241 ein jeweiliger Umlenkwinkel 227 festgelegt. Bevorzugt sind die Umlenkwinkel der Leitelemente 241 der Druckstrecke 224 im Wesentlichen gleich und weichen höchstens im Bereich eines ersten und/oder eines letzten Leitelements 241 der Druckstrecke 224 von denen der übrigen Leitelemente 241 der Druckstrecke 224 ab.The at least one guide element 241 preferably has, at least in the region of the working width of the printing press 01 and / or of the at least one first printing unit 200, an outer surface 228 in the form of a cylinder jacket, more preferably over an entire extent of the working width of the printing press 01 and even more preferably over the entire extent of the at least one guide element in the transverse direction A. Preferably, several of the guide elements 241 are constructed identically, more preferably all of the guide elements 241 within the printing path 224 of the at least one first printing unit 200. Preferably, several such guide elements 241 are arranged one after the other with respect to the transport path provided for the printing substrate 02 , in particular at least three, more preferably at least five and even more preferably at least fourteen, for example twenty-eight. The printing path 224 preferably has a plurality of such guide elements 241 arranged one after the other. Due to the relative arrangement of the guide elements 241 of the printing path 224 to one another, a respective deflection angle 227 is defined for each guide element 241. The deflection angles of the guide elements 241 of the printing section 224 are preferably essentially the same and differ at most in the region of a first and / or a last guide element 241 of the printing section 224 from those of the other guide elements 241 of the printing section 224.

Wenn im Vorangegangenen und/oder im Folgenden von Leitelementen 241 die Rede ist, sind bevorzugt zumindest und weiter bevorzugt ausschließlich diejenigen Leitelemente 241 der Druckstrecke 224 gemeint. Bevorzugt beträgt der Umlenkwinkel 227 des zumindest einen Leitelements 241 und weiter bevorzugt mehrerer und noch weiter bevorzugt aller Leitelemente 241 zumindest 0,5° (null Komma fünf Grad), weiter bevorzugt zumindest 1° (ein Grad) und noch weiter bevorzugt zumindest 1,5° (eins Komma fünf Grad). Bevorzugt beträgt der Umlenkwinkel 227 des zumindest einen Leitelements 241 und weiter bevorzugt mehrerer und noch weiter bevorzugt aller Leitelemente 241 höchstens 10° (zehn Grad), weiter bevorzugt höchstens 5° (fünf Grad) und noch weiter bevorzugt höchstens 2,5° (zwei Komma fünf Grad). Bevorzugt sind die Leitelemente 241 der Druckstrecke 224 entlang der Druckstrecke 224 in Form eines Bogens angeordnet, insbesondere eines Kreisbogens.When reference is made to guide elements 241 in the foregoing and / or below, at least and further preferably only those guide elements 241 of the printing path 224 are meant. The deflection angle 227 of the at least one guide element 241 and more preferably several and even more preferably all guide elements 241 is at least 0.5 ° (zero point five degrees), more preferably at least 1 ° (one degree) and even more preferably at least 1.5 ° (one point five degrees). The deflection angle 227 of the at least one guide element 241 is preferably and more preferably several and even more preferably all Guide elements 241 at most 10 ° (ten degrees), more preferably at most 5 ° (five degrees) and even more preferably at most 2.5 ° (two point five degrees). The guide elements 241 of the printing path 224 are preferably arranged in the form of an arc, in particular an arc, along the printing path 224.

Bevorzugt ist zumindest ein Tragelement 273; 274 angeordnet. Das zumindest eine Tragelement 273; 274 dient bevorzugt als Abstützeinrichtung für das zumindest eine Leitelement 241, weiter bevorzugt für mehrere Leitelemente 241 der Druckstrecke 224 und noch weiter bevorzugt für alle Leitelemente 241 der Druckstrecke 224. Das zumindest eine Tragelement 273 ist beispielsweise als zumindest ein seitliches Tragelement 273 ausgebildet. Das zumindest eine Tragelement 273; 274 ist bevorzugt als zumindest ein Tragrahmen 276 oder als Teil zumindest eines Tragrahmens 276 ausgebildet, der beispielsweise zumindest zwei seitliche Tragelemente 273 aufweist, an denen weiter bevorzugt direkt und/oder über Haltevorrichtungen insbesondere mehrere Leitelemente 241 befestigt sind. Insbesondere sind die zumindest zwei seitlichen Tragelemente 273 bevorzugt als Teil zumindest eines Tragrahmens 276 ausgebildet und weist der zumindest eine Tragrahmen 276 zumindest eine von den Leitelementen 241 unterschiedliche Traverse 277 auf, die sich zumindest in der Querrichtung A erstreckt und für eine konstante relative Lage der seitlichen Tragelemente 273 sorgt. Beispielsweise weist der zumindest eine Tragrahmen 276 zumindest zwei von den Leitelementen 241 unterschiedliche Traversen 277 auf, die sich zumindest in der Querrichtung A erstrecken und für eine konstante relative Lage der seitlichen Tragelemente 273 sorgen. Eine konstante relative Lage bedeutet dabei bevorzugt einen Ausschluss jeglicher Relativbewegung.At least one support element 273; 274 arranged. The at least one support element 273; 274 preferably serves as a support device for the at least one guide element 241, more preferably for a plurality of guide elements 241 of the printing section 224 and even more preferably for all guide elements 241 of the printing section 224. The at least one support element 273 is designed, for example, as at least one lateral support element 273. The at least one support element 273; 274 is preferably designed as at least one support frame 276 or as part of at least one support frame 276, which has, for example, at least two lateral support elements 273, to which, more preferably, a plurality of guide elements 241 are fastened directly and / or via holding devices. In particular, the at least two lateral support elements 273 are preferably designed as part of at least one support frame 276 and the at least one support frame 276 has at least one crossmember 277 that differs from the guide elements 241 and extends at least in the transverse direction A and for a constant relative position of the lateral ones Carrying elements 273 provides. For example, the at least one support frame 276 has at least two crossbeams 277 which are different from the guide elements 241 and which extend at least in the transverse direction A and ensure a constant relative position of the lateral support elements 273. A constant relative position preferably means that any relative movement is excluded.

Prinzipiell kann diese Funktion von den Leitelementen 241 selbst übernommen werden, wobei dann darauf zu achten ist, dass bei Lösen aller Leitelemente 241 von den Tragelementen 273; 274 die seitlichen Tragelemente 273 zueinander nicht mehr fixiert sind. Aus Stabilitätsgründen wird das Anordnen zumindest einer Traverse 277 bevorzugt.In principle, this function can be taken over by the guide elements 241 itself, it then being necessary to ensure that when all the guide elements 241 are detached from the support elements 273; 274 the lateral support elements 273 are no longer fixed to one another. For reasons of stability, the arrangement of at least one traverse 277 is preferred.

Das zumindest eine seitliche Tragelement 273 weist bevorzugt je Leitelement 241 zumindest einen Auflagebereich auf, an dem das jeweilige Leitelement 241 auf dem seitlichen Tragelement 273 aufliegt oder zumindest mit dem seitlichen Tragelement 273 in Kontakt steht. Bevorzugt ist zumindest ein inneres Tragelement 274 angeordnet. Das zumindest eine innere Leitelemente 241 ist beispielsweise Bestandteil des zumindest einen Tragrahmens 276. Das zumindest eine innere Tragelement 274 dient bevorzugt zumindest dazu, eines oder mehrere oder bevorzugt alle Leitelemente 241 vor ungewollter oder zumindest vor ungewollt hoher Durchbiegung zu bewahren.The at least one lateral support element 273 preferably has at least one contact area for each guide element 241, on which the respective guide element 241 rests on the lateral support element 273 or is at least in contact with the lateral support element 273. At least one inner support element 274 is preferably arranged. The at least one inner guide element 241 is, for example, part of the at least one support frame 276. The at least one inner support element 274 is preferably used at least to protect one or more or preferably all of the guide elements 241 from unwanted or at least undesired high deflection.

Bevorzugt ist jedem Leitelement 241 eine Druckkopfreihe 222 zugeordnet. Alternativ könnten auch jedem Leitelement 241 mehrere Druckkopfreihen 222 zugeordnet sein, beispielsweise wenn die Leitelemente 241 nicht als Stangen, sondern als flache Leitelemente ausgebildet wären. Bevorzugt ist jeder Druckkopfreihe 222 ein Leitelement 241 zugeordnet. Ein kürzester Abstand zwischen einer jeweiligen Düse eines jeweiligen in seiner Druckposition angeordneten Druckkopfes 221 einerseits und dem für den Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportweg oder dem nächstliegenden in seiner Arbeitsposition angeordneten Leitelement 241 andererseits beträgt bevorzugt zumindest 0,1 mm, weiter bevorzugt zumindest 0,5 mm und noch weiter bevorzugt zumindest 1,0 mm und bevorzugt höchstens 5 mm, weiter bevorzugt höchstens 3,0 mm und noch weiter bevorzugt höchstens 2,0 mm. Ein kürzester Abstand zwischen einer jeweiligen Düse eines jeweiligen in seiner Druckposition angeordneten Druckkopfes 221 einerseits und dem Bedruckstoff 02 andererseits beträgt bevorzugt zumindest 0,1 mm, weiter bevorzugt zumindest 0,5 mm und noch weiter bevorzugt zumindest 1,0 mm und bevorzugt höchstens 5 mm, weiter bevorzugt höchstens 3,0 mm und noch weiter bevorzugt höchstens 2,0 mm. Diese Abstände stehen über die Dicke des Bedruckstoffs 02 miteinander in Zusammenhang.A print head row 222 is preferably assigned to each guide element 241. Alternatively, several print head rows 222 could also be assigned to each guide element 241, for example if the guide elements 241 were not designed as rods, but as flat guide elements. A guide element 241 is preferably assigned to each print head row 222. A shortest distance between a respective nozzle of a respective print head 221 arranged in its printing position on the one hand and the transport path provided for the printing material 02 or the closest guide element 241 arranged in its working position on the other hand is preferably at least 0.1 mm, more preferably at least 0.5 mm and even more preferably at least 1.0 mm and preferably at most 5 mm, more preferably at most 3.0 mm and even more preferably at most 2.0 mm. A shortest distance between a respective nozzle of a respective print head 221 arranged in its printing position on the one hand and the printing substrate 02 on the other hand is preferably at least 0.1 mm, more preferably at least 0.5 mm and even more preferably at least 1.0 mm and preferably at most 5 mm , more preferably at most 3.0 mm and even more preferably at most 2.0 mm. These distances are related to one another via the thickness of the printing substrate 02.

Bevorzugt ist zumindest eine Abschirmeinrichtung 292 angeordnet. Die zumindest eine Abschirmeinrichtung 292 dient bevorzugt dazu, Teile der Druckköpfe, beispielsweise deren Versorgungseinrichtungen für Elektronik und/oder für Druckfluid und/oder deren Halterungen und/oder Teile der Düsenbalken 231 einerseits gegen den für den Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportweg und insbesondere dessen Druckabschnitt 226 und/oder gegen einen die Düsen der Druckköpfe 221 aufweisenden Bereich abzuschirmen.At least one shielding device 292 is preferably arranged. The at least one shielding device 292 is preferably used to, for example, parts of the print heads shield their supply devices for electronics and / or for pressure fluid and / or their holders and / or parts of the nozzle bar 231 on the one hand against the transport path provided for the printing substrate 02 and in particular its printing section 226 and / or against an area having the nozzles of the print heads 221.

Bevorzugt ist zumindest rotierbares erstes Bahnleitmittel 251 bezüglich des für den Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportwegs vor dem ersten Leitelement 241 der Druckstrecke 224 angeordnet. Dieses zumindest eine erste rotierbare Bahnleitmittel 251 ist bevorzugt als ein erstes motorgetriebenes Bahnleitmittel 251 und/oder eine erste Bahnleitwalze 251 ausgebildet, insbesondere eine erste motorgetriebene Bahnleitwalze 251. Beispielsweise weist die zumindest eine erste Bahnleitwalze 251 einen eigenen Antriebsmotor auf und/oder ist die zumindest eine erste Bahnleitwalze 251 Teil zumindest eines Systems zur Regelung einer Bahnspannung eines bahnförmigen Bedruckstoffs 02. Bevorzugt ist zumindest ein rotierbares zweites Bahnleitmittel 254 bezüglich des für den Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportwegs nach dem letzten Leitelement 241 der Druckstrecke 224 angeordnet. Dieses zumindest eine zweite rotierbare Bahnleitmittel 254 ist bevorzugt als ein zweites motorgetriebenes Bahnleitmittel 254 und/oder eine zweite Bahnleitwalze 254 ausgebildet, insbesondere eine zweite motorgetriebene Bahnleitwalze 254. Beispielsweise weist die zumindest eine zweite Bahnleitwalze 254 einen eigenen Antriebsmotor auf und/oder ist die zumindest eine zweite Bahnleitwalze 254 Teil des zumindest einen Systems zur Regelung der Bahnspannung des bahnförmigen Bedruckstoffs 02. Die Bahnleitmittel 251; 253; 254; 257 und/oder Bahnleitwalzen 251; 252; 253; 254; 256; 257 sind bevorzugt Bestandteil der Bedruckstoffführung 249.At least rotatable first web guiding means 251 are preferably arranged in front of the first guiding element 241 of the printing path 224 with respect to the transport path provided for the printing substrate 02. This at least one first rotatable web guiding means 251 is preferably designed as a first motor-driven web guiding means 251 and / or a first web guiding roller 251, in particular a first motor-driven web guiding roller 251. For example, the at least one first web guiding roller 251 has its own drive motor and / or is at least one first web guide roller 251 part of at least one system for regulating a web tension of a web-shaped printing material 02. At least one rotatable second web guiding means 254 is preferably arranged after the last guiding element 241 of the printing path 224 with respect to the transport path provided for the printing material 02. This at least one second rotatable web guide means 254 is preferably designed as a second motor-driven web guide means 254 and / or a second web guide roller 254, in particular a second motor-driven web guide roller 254. For example, the at least one second web guide roller 254 has its own drive motor and / or is at least one second web guide roller 254 part of the at least one system for regulating the web tension of the web-like printing material 02. The web guiding means 251; 253; 254; 257 and / or web guide rollers 251; 252; 253; 254; 256; 257 are preferably part of the substrate guide 249.

Bevorzugt verläuft der Druckabschnitt 226 des für den Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportwegs monoton steigend. Bevorzugt ist ein erstes Leitelement 241 der Druckstrecke 224 das am niedrigsten angeordnete aller Leitelemente 241 der Druckstrecke 224. Bevorzugt ist ein letztes Leitelement 241 der Druckstrecke 224 das am höchsten angeordnete Leitelement 241 der Druckstrecke 224.The printing section 226 of the transport path provided for the printing substrate 02 preferably extends monotonically. A first guide element 241 of the printing path 224 is preferably the lowest arranged of all the guiding elements 241 of the printing path 224. A last guide element 241 of the printing path 224 is preferably the lowest highest arranged guide element 241 of the printing path 224.

Bevorzugt weist das zumindest eine Druckaggregat 200 zumindest eine und weiter bevorzugt genau eine Schwenkvorrichtung 279 auf. Die zumindest eine Schwenkvorrichtung 279 ist bevorzugt zumindest einem, weiter bevorzugt mehreren und noch weiter bevorzugt allen Leitelementen 241 der Druckstrecke 224 zugeordnet. Insbesondere mittels der zumindest einen Schwenkvorrichtung 279 sind bevorzugt mehrere Leitelemente 241 und weiter bevorzugt alle Leitelemente 241 der Druckstrecke 224 um zumindest eine gemeinsame Schwenkachse 281; 282 schwenkbar angeordnet, insbesondere entlang eines jeweiligen individuellen und/oder jeweils unterschiedlich langen Schwenkwegs. Dabei ist diese zumindest eine gemeinsame Schwenkachse 281; 282 bevorzugt zumindest eine Schwenkachse 281; 282 der Schwenkvorrichtung 279 des zumindest einen Druckaggregats 200. Beispielsweise ist zumindest ein Tragelement 273; 274, insbesondere zumindest ein seitliches Tragelement 273 und/oder zumindest ein inneres Tragelement 274 gemeinsam mit den Leitelementen 241 und/oder zumindest ein Tragrahmen 276 um die zumindest eine gemeinsame Schwenkachse 281; 282 schwenkbar angeordnet, insbesondere entlang eines jeweiligen Schwenkwegs. Bevorzugt ist der zumindest eine Tragrahmen 276 um die zumindest eine gemeinsame Schwenkachse 281; 282 schwenkbar angeordnet.The at least one printing unit 200 preferably has at least one and more preferably exactly one swivel device 279. The at least one swivel device 279 is preferably assigned to at least one, more preferably several and even more preferably all guide elements 241 of the printing path 224. In particular, by means of the at least one swivel device 279, a plurality of guide elements 241 and more preferably all guide elements 241 of the printing path 224 about at least one common swivel axis 281; 282 arranged pivotably, in particular along a respective individual and / or differently long pivoting path. This is at least one common pivot axis 281; 282 preferably at least one pivot axis 281; 282 of the swivel device 279 of the at least one printing unit 200. For example, at least one support element 273; 274, in particular at least one lateral support element 273 and / or at least one inner support element 274 together with the guide elements 241 and / or at least one support frame 276 about the at least one common pivot axis 281; 282 arranged pivotably, in particular along a respective pivot path. The at least one support frame 276 about the at least one common pivot axis 281; 282 pivotally arranged.

Jedem um die zumindest eine gemeinsame Schwenkachse 281; 282 schwenkbaren Leitelement 241 ist bevorzugt eine Arbeitsposition und eine Wartungsposition zugeordnet. Die Arbeitsposition jedes Leitelements 241 zeichnet sich bevorzugt dadurch aus, dass das Leitelement 241 sich in einem Druckbetrieb in seiner Arbeitsposition befindet und/oder dass das in seiner Arbeitsposition angeordnete Leitelement 241 von einem diesem Leitelement nächsten, in seiner Druckposition angeordneten Druckkopf 221 einen kleinsten Abstand von höchstens 5 mm, weiter bevorzugt höchstens 3,0 mm und noch weiter bevorzugt höchstens 2,0 mm aufweist und/oder dass das in seiner Arbeitsposition angeordnete Leitelement 241 von dem für den Bedruckstoff 02 im Druckbetrieb vorgesehenen Transportweg tangiert wird. Die Wartungsposition jedes Leitelements 241 zeichnet sich bevorzugt dadurch aus, dass das Leitelement 241 sich in einem Wartungszustand des zumindest einen ersten Druckaggregats 200 in seiner Wartungsposition befindet und/oder dass das in seiner Wartungsposition angeordnete Leitelement 241 von einem diesem Leitelement nächsten, in seiner Druckposition angeordneten Druckkopf 221 einen kleinsten Abstand von zumindest 5 cm, weiter bevorzugt zumindest 10 cm und noch weiter bevorzugt zumindest 20 cm aufweist. und/oder dass das in seiner Wartungsposition angeordnete Leitelement 241 von dem für den Bedruckstoff 02 im Druckbetrieb vorgesehenen Transportweg beabstandet ist.Each about the at least one common pivot axis 281; 282 pivotable guide element 241 is preferably assigned a working position and a maintenance position. The working position of each guide element 241 is preferably distinguished by the fact that the guide element 241 is in a printing operation in its working position and / or that the guide element 241 arranged in its working position is at a minimum distance of a print head 221 next to this guide element and arranged in its printing position at most 5 mm, more preferably at most 3.0 mm and even more preferably at most 2.0 mm and / or that the guide element 241 arranged in its working position is different from that for the printing substrate 02 in printing operation intended transport route is affected. The maintenance position of each guide element 241 is preferably distinguished by the fact that the guide element 241 is in a maintenance state of the at least one first printing assembly 200 in its maintenance position and / or that the guide element 241 arranged in its maintenance position is arranged in its printing position by a guide element closest to this guide element Printhead 221 has a minimum distance of at least 5 cm, more preferably at least 10 cm and even more preferably at least 20 cm. and / or that the guide element 241 arranged in its maintenance position is spaced apart from the transport route provided for the printing substrate 02 in printing operation.

In einer ersten Ausführungsform der Schwenkvorrichtung 279 weist die Schwenkvorrichtung 279 genau eine gemeinsame Schwenkachse 281 auf. In dieser ersten Ausführungsform der Schwenkvorrichtung 279 ist das zumindest eine Tragelement 273; 274 und insbesondere der zumindest eine Tragrahmen 276 um eine einzige gemeinsame Schwenkachse 281 schwenkbar, insbesondere relativ zu einem Gestell 283 des zumindest einen ersten Druckaggregats 200. In einer zweiten Ausführungsform der Schwenkvorrichtung 279 weist die Schwenkvorrichtung 279 zumindest zwei und bevorzugt genau zwei gemeinsame Schwenkachsen 281; 282 und zumindest ein Zwischenglied 284 auf. Das zumindest eine Zwischenglied 284 ist bevorzugt um eine erste gemeinsame Schwenkachse 281 relativ zu dem Gestell 283 des zumindest einen ersten Druckaggregats 200 schwenkbar.In a first embodiment of the swivel device 279, the swivel device 279 has exactly one common swivel axis 281. In this first embodiment of the swivel device 279, the at least one support element 273; 274 and in particular the at least one support frame 276 can be pivoted about a single common pivot axis 281, in particular relative to a frame 283 of the at least one first printing assembly 200. In a second embodiment of the pivoting device 279, the pivoting device 279 has at least two and preferably exactly two common pivot axes 281; 282 and at least one intermediate member 284. The at least one intermediate member 284 is preferably pivotable about a first common pivot axis 281 relative to the frame 283 of the at least one first printing assembly 200.

Bevorzugt weist die zumindest eine Schwenkvorrichtung 279 zumindest einen insbesondere gemeinsamen Schwenkantrieb 286 auf. Der zumindest eine Schwenkantrieb 286 weist beispielsweise zumindest einen Linearantrieb 286 auf. Der zumindest eine Schwenkantrieb 286, insbesondere Linearantrieb 286 greift bevorzugt mit zumindest einem ersten Verbindungselement an dem Gestell 283 an, beispielsweise direkt oder unter Zwischenschaltung zumindest eines weiteren Bauteils. Der zumindest eine Schwenkantrieb 286, insbesondere Linearantrieb 286 greift bevorzugt mit zumindest einem zweiten Verbindungselement an zumindest einem Tragelement 273; 274 und/oder zumindest einer Traverse 277 und/oder dem Tragrahmen 276 an.The at least one swivel device 279 preferably has at least one swivel drive 286, which is in particular common. The at least one swivel drive 286 has, for example, at least one linear drive 286. The at least one swivel drive 286, in particular linear drive 286, preferably engages the frame 283 with at least one first connecting element, for example directly or with the interposition of at least one further component. The at least one swivel drive 286, in particular linear drive 286, preferably engages at least a second connecting element on at least one support element 273; 274 and / or at least one traverse 277 and / or the support frame 276.

Eine Hauptförderrichtung B ist bevorzugt durch eine geradlinige Verbindung zwischen einem auf den für Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportweg bezogen ersten Leitelement 241 der Druckstrecke 224 und einem auf den für Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportweg bezogen letzten Leitelement 241 der Druckstrecke 224 festgelegt. Die Hauptförderrichtung B ist bevorzugt durch eine geradlinige Verbindung zwischen einem auf den Druckabschnitt 226 des für Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportwegs bezogen ersten Leitelement 241 und einem auf den Druckabschnitt 226 des für Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportwegs bezogen letzten Leitelement 241 festgelegt. Die Hauptförderrichtung B weist von dem auf den für Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportweg bezogen ersten Leitelement 241 der Druckstrecke 224 zu dem auf den für Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportweg bezogen letzten Leitelement 241 der Druckstrecke 224. Die Hauptförderrichtung B ist bevorzugt orthogonal zu der Querrichtung A orientiert.A main conveying direction B is preferably defined by a straight-line connection between a first guide element 241 of the printing path 224 related to the transport path provided for printing material 02 and a last guide element 241 of the printing path 224 related to the transport path intended for printing material 02. The main conveying direction B is preferably defined by a straight connection between a first guide element 241 related to the printing section 226 of the transport path intended for printing substrate 02 and a last guide element 241 related to the printing section 226 of the transport path provided for printing substrate 02. The main conveying direction B points from the first guide element 241 of the printing path 224 related to the transport path intended for printing substrate 02 to the last guide element 241 of the printing path 224 related to the transport path intended for printing substrate 02. The main conveying direction B is preferably oriented orthogonally to the transverse direction A.

Bevorzugt weist die Ausrichtung der Hauptförderrichtung B bei in ihrer Arbeitsposition angeordneten Leitelementen 241 und/oder bei in seiner Arbeitsposition angeordnetem Tragrahmen 276 einen Winkel von zumindest 10°, weiter bevorzugt zumindest 20° und noch weiter bevorzugt zumindest 30° zu der Ausrichtung der Hauptförderrichtung B bei in ihrer Wartungsposition angeordneten Leitelementen 241 und/oder bei in seiner Wartungsposition angeordnetem Tragrahmen 276 auf.Preferably, the orientation of the main conveying direction B with guide elements 241 arranged in its working position and / or with a support frame 276 arranged in its working position has an angle of at least 10 °, more preferably at least 20 ° and even more preferably at least 30 ° to the orientation of the main conveying direction B. in its maintenance position arranged guide elements 241 and / or with a support frame 276 arranged in its maintenance position.

Bevorzugt weist die Hauptförderrichtung B bei in ihrer Arbeitsposition angeordneten Leitelementen 241 und/oder bei seiner Arbeitsposition angeordnetem Tragrahmen 276 zumindest eine vertikal nach oben weisende Komponente und zumindest eine horizontale Komponente auf. Bevorzugt ist die Hauptförderrichtung B bei in ihrer Arbeitsposition angeordneten Leitelementen 241 und/oder bei seiner Arbeitsposition angeordnetem Tragrahmen 276 unter einem Winkel von zumindest 10°, weiter bevorzugt zumindest 20° und noch weiter bevorzugt zumindest 30° zu einer horizontalen Ebene ausgerichtet. Bevorzugt ist die Hauptförderrichtung B bei in ihrer Arbeitsposition angeordneten Leitelementen 241 und/oder bei seiner Arbeitsposition angeordnetem Tragrahmen 276 unter einem Winkel von höchstens 70°, weiter bevorzugt höchstens 55° und noch weiter bevorzugt höchstens 40° zu einer horizontalen Ebene ausgerichtet. In einer alternativen Ausführungsform würde die Hauptförderrichtung B im Wesentlichen horizontal verlaufen, also einem Winkel von höchstens 5° zu einer horizontalen Ebene.The main conveying direction B preferably has at least one vertically upward-pointing component and at least one horizontal component when the guide elements 241 are arranged in their working position and / or the support frame 276 is arranged in their working position. The main conveying direction B is preferred in the case of guide elements 241 arranged in its working position and / or arranged in its working position Support frame 276 aligned at an angle of at least 10 °, more preferably at least 20 ° and even more preferably at least 30 ° to a horizontal plane. The main conveying direction B is preferably oriented at an angle of at most 70 °, more preferably at most 55 ° and even more preferably at most 40 ° to a horizontal plane with guide elements 241 arranged in its working position and / or with support frame 276 arranged in its working position. In an alternative embodiment, the main conveying direction B would run essentially horizontally, ie at an angle of at most 5 ° to a horizontal plane.

Bevorzugt weist die Hauptförderrichtung B bei in ihrer Wartungsposition angeordneten Leitelementen 241 und/oder bei in seiner Wartungsposition angeordnetem Tragrahmen 276 zumindest eine vertikal nach oben weisende Komponente und weiter bevorzugt ausschließlich eine vertikal nach oben weisende Komponente auf. Bevorzugt ist die Hauptförderrichtung B bei in ihrer Wartungsposition angeordneten Leitelementen 241 und/oder bei in seiner Wartungsposition angeordnetem Tragrahmen 276 unter einem Winkel von höchstens 30°, weiter bevorzugt höchstens 20° und noch weiter bevorzugt höchstens 10° zu einer vertikalen Richtung angeordnet.The main conveying direction B preferably has at least one vertically upward-pointing component, and more preferably only one vertically upward-pointing component, with guide elements 241 arranged in its maintenance position and / or with support frame 276 arranged in its maintenance position. The main conveying direction B is preferably arranged at an angle of at most 30 °, more preferably at most 20 ° and even more preferably at most 10 ° to a vertical direction with guide elements 241 arranged in its maintenance position and / or with support frame 276 arranged in its maintenance position.

Durch die gemeinsame Schwenkbarkeit der Leitelemente 241 der Druckstrecke 224 und/oder die Schwenkbarkeit des zumindest einen Tragrahmens 276 ergibt sich bevorzugt eine Möglichkeit zur Vergrößerung eines Abstandes zwischen den Düsen der Druckköpfe und/oder der zumindest einen Abschirmeinrichtung 292 einerseits und den Leitelemente 241 der Druckstrecke 224 andererseits. Durch die gemeinsame Schwenkbarkeit der Leitelemente 241 der Druckstrecke 224 und/oder die Schwenkbarkeit des zumindest einen Tragrahmens 276 ergibt sich somit ein Wartungsraum 291 zwischen den Düsen der Druckköpfe 221 und/oder der zumindest einen Abschirmeinrichtung 292 einerseits und den Leitelementen 241 andererseits. Dieser Wartungsraum 291 ist beispielsweise für Bedienpersonal zugänglich. Dieser Wartungsraum 291 ermöglicht beispielsweise eine Wartung und/oder Reinigung der Leitelemente 241 der Druckstrecke 224 und/oder der zumindest einen Abschirmeinrichtung 292, insbesondere unabhängig von der Arbeitsbreite der Druckmaschine 01. Beispielsweise ist in dem Wartungsraum 291 zumindest eine bevorzugt bewegbare Standhilfe 293, insbesondere Standfläche 293 angeordnet.The joint pivotability of the guide elements 241 of the print path 224 and / or the pivotability of the at least one support frame 276 preferably results in a possibility of increasing a distance between the nozzles of the print heads and / or the at least one shielding device 292 on the one hand and the guide elements 241 of the print path 224 on the other hand. Due to the joint pivotability of the guide elements 241 of the printing path 224 and / or the pivotability of the at least one support frame 276, there is thus a maintenance space 291 between the nozzles of the print heads 221 and / or the at least one shielding device 292 on the one hand and the guide elements 241 on the other. This maintenance room 291 is accessible to operating personnel, for example. This maintenance space 291 enables maintenance and / or cleaning of the guide elements 241 of the printing path, for example 224 and / or the at least one shielding device 292, in particular irrespective of the working width of the printing press 01. For example, at least one preferably movable support 293, in particular standing surface 293, is arranged in the maintenance space 291.

In einem regulären Druckbetrieb sind alle Druckköpfe 221 ortsfest angeordnet. Dadurch wird eine dauerhafte passergerechte und/oder registergerechte Ausrichtung aller Düsen sichergestellt. Es sind unterschiedliche Situationen denkbar, in denen eine Bewegung der Druckköpfe 221 notwendig ist. Eine erste solche Situation stellt ein fliegender Rollenwechsel oder Bedruckstoffwechsel oder allgemein ein Rollenwechsel mit Klebevorgang oder ein Bedruckstoffwechsel mit Klebevorgang dar. Zumindest die Druckköpfe 221 und bevorzugt der zumindest eine Düsenbalken 231 insgesamt ist daher in zumindest einer Richtung relativ zur Führungsebene der ersten Bedruckstoffführung 249 bewegbar, insbesondere von dieser abstellbar, weiter bevorzugt orthogonal zu einer dem Druckkopfs 221 nächsten Fläche des für Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportwegs. Bevorzugt ist zumindest eine Reinigungsvorrichtung, insbesondere zumindest eine Düsenreinigungsvorrichtung angeordnet, die zumindest eine Waschdüse und/oder zumindest eine Bürsten und/oder zumindest einen Abzieher und/oder zumindest ein Reinigungsvlies aufweist. Bevorzugt sind die Druckköpfe 221 so weit von den insbesondere in ihrer Arbeitsposition angeordneten Leitelementen 241 der Druckstrecke 224 angeordnet, dass die zumindest eine Reinigungsvorrichtung, insbesondere Düsenreinigungsvorrichtung in einen sich ergebenden Reinigungszwischenraum 289 passt. Bevorzugt ist diese zumindest eine Reinigungsvorrichtung in der Querrichtung A bewegbar angeordnet und weist weiter bevorzugt in Querrichtung A eine Abmessung auf, die kleiner ist, als die Arbeitsbreite der Druckmaschine. Bevorzugt ist die zumindest eine Reinigungsvorrichtung im dem Fall, in dem die ihr zugeordneten Druckköpfe 221 in ihrer Druckposition angeordnet sind, bezüglich der Querrichtung A außerhalb der Arbeitsbreite der Druckmaschine angeordnet. Bevorzugt ist jeder Druckkopfreihe 222 oder jeder Doppelreihe 223 von Druckköpfen 221 eine eigene Reinigungsvorrichtung zugeordnet.In a regular printing operation, all print heads 221 are arranged in a stationary manner. This ensures that all nozzles are permanently aligned and / or registered. Different situations are conceivable in which a movement of the print heads 221 is necessary. A first such situation is a flying roll change or printing material change or generally a roll change with gluing process or a printing material change with gluing process. At least the print heads 221 and preferably the at least one nozzle bar 231 as a whole can therefore be moved in at least one direction relative to the guide plane of the first printing material guide 249, in particular, can be turned off from this, further preferably orthogonal to a surface of the transport path provided for printing substrate 02 closest to the print head 221. At least one cleaning device, in particular at least one nozzle cleaning device, is preferably arranged, which has at least one washing nozzle and / or at least one brush and / or at least one puller and / or at least one cleaning fleece. The print heads 221 are preferably arranged so far from the guide elements 241 of the printing path 224, which are arranged in particular in their working position, that the at least one cleaning device, in particular nozzle cleaning device, fits into a resulting cleaning intermediate space 289. This at least one cleaning device is preferably arranged to be movable in the transverse direction A and more preferably has a dimension in the transverse direction A that is smaller than the working width of the printing press. In the case in which the print heads 221 assigned to it are arranged in their printing position, the at least one cleaning device is preferably arranged outside the working width of the printing press with respect to the transverse direction A. Each print head row 222 or each double row 223 of print heads 221 is preferably assigned its own cleaning device.

Bevorzugt ist entlang des für Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportwegs nach dem zumindest einen ersten Druckaggregat 200 zumindest ein erster Trockner 301 angeordnet, der einen als Trocknungsabschnitt ausgebildeten Bereich des für Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportwegs aufweist, der durch einen Einwirkbereich des zumindest einen Trockners 301 festgelegt ist. Nach einem Passieren des zumindest einen ersten Druckaggregats 200 durchläuft der Transportweg des Bedruckstoffs 02 und insbesondere der Bedruckstoffbahn 02 bevorzugt den zumindest einen ersten Trockner 301, um das aufgetragene Druckfluid zu trocknen. Bevorzugt ist der zumindest eine erste Trockner 301 Bestandteil der zumindest einen Trocknereinheit 300.At least one first dryer 301 is preferably arranged along the transport path provided for printing substrate 02 after the at least one first printing unit 200, which has a region of the transport path provided for printing substrate 02 designed as a drying section, which is defined by an area of action of the at least one dryer 301. After passing through the at least one first printing assembly 200, the transport path of the printing substrate 02 and in particular the printing substrate web 02 preferably passes through the at least one first dryer 301 in order to dry the applied printing fluid. The at least one first dryer 301 is preferably part of the at least one dryer unit 300.

Die zumindest eine Trocknereinheit 300 weist zumindest einen ersten Trockner 301 auf, der bevorzugt als zumindest ein Strahlungstrockner 301 und/oder als zumindest ein Strömungstrockner 301 ausgebildet ist. Es ist auch möglich, mehrere beispielsweise entlang des vorgesehenen Transportwegs hintereinander angeordnete Trockner 301 anzuordnen. Solche mehreren Trockner 301 sind beispielsweise bei einem im Wesentlichen vertikalen vorgesehenen Transportweg in der zumindest einen Trocknereinheit 300 übereinander angeordnet. Der zumindest eine erste Trockner 301 weist zumindest eine erste bevorzugt steuerbare und/oder regelbare Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 auf. Die zumindest eine erste Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 ist beispielsweise als zumindest eine Strahlungsquelle 302 und/oder zumindest eine Luftzufuhrleitung 317 ausgebildet. Die zumindest eine Strahlungsquelle 302 ist beispielsweise als Infrarotstrahlungsquelle 302 und/oder als Strahlungsquelle 302 für ultraviolettes Licht ausgebildet. Die zumindest eine Strahlungsquelle 302 ist bevorzugt zumindest eine steuerbare und/oder regelbare Strahlungsquelle 302. Die zumindest eine erste Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 ist bevorzugt zum gezielten Übertragen von Energie insbesondere von der zumindest einen ersten Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302 ; 317 auf einen in einem Einwirkbereich der ersten Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 angeordneten und/oder anordenbaren, bevorzugt mit Druckfluid versehenen Bedruckstoff 02 ausgebildet. Die zumindest eine erste Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 ist bewegbar angeordnet, insbesondere relativ zu dem für den Transport von bahnförmigen Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportweg. Bevorzugt schneidet der Einwirkbereich der zumindest einen ersten Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 den für den Transport von bahnförmigem Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportweg.The at least one dryer unit 300 has at least one first dryer 301, which is preferably designed as at least one radiation dryer 301 and / or as at least one flow dryer 301. It is also possible to arrange several dryers 301 arranged one behind the other, for example along the intended transport path. Such a plurality of dryers 301 are arranged one above the other, for example in the case of a substantially vertical transport path, in the at least one dryer unit 300. The at least one first dryer 301 has at least one first preferably controllable and / or regulatable energy delivery device 302; 317 on. The at least one first energy output device 302; 317 is designed, for example, as at least one radiation source 302 and / or at least one air supply line 317. The at least one radiation source 302 is designed, for example, as an infrared radiation source 302 and / or as a radiation source 302 for ultraviolet light. The at least one radiation source 302 is preferably at least one controllable and / or regulatable radiation source 302. The at least one first energy output device 302; 317 is preferred for the targeted transmission of energy, in particular from the at least one first energy output device 302; 317 to one in an area of influence of the first energy delivery device 302; 317 arranged and / or arrangeable, preferably with Printing fluid provided printing material 02 is formed. The at least one first energy output device 302; 317 is arranged to be movable, in particular relative to the transport path provided for the transport of web-shaped printing material 02. The area of action of the at least one first energy output device 302 preferably cuts; 317 the transport route provided for the transport of web-shaped printing material 02.

Die zumindest eine erste Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 ist entlang eines Stellwegs zwischen zumindest einer Einwirkposition und zumindest einer Abstellposition und weiter bevorzugt zwei insbesondere in Bezug auf eine Stellrichtung S verschiedenen Abstellpositionen bewegbar angeordnet. Der Stellweg erstreckt sich über zumindest 75 % seiner Gesamtstrecke, bevorzugt über zumindest 90 % seiner Gesamtstrecke und weiter bevorzugt über seine vollständige Gesamtstrecke durchgehend linear in und/oder entgegen der Stellrichtung S. Die Gesamtstrecke ist dabei die maximale Strecke, die der Stellweg zwischen zwei Punkten betragen kann. Die zumindest eine erste Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 ist also entlang eines zu zumindest 75 %, bevorzugt zu zumindest 90 % und weiter bevorzugt vollständig linearen Stellwegs in und/oder entgegen der Stellrichtung S zwischen zumindest einer Einwirkposition und zumindest einer Abstellposition bzw. bevorzugt zwei verschiedenen Abstellpositionen bewegbar angeordnet. Die Stellrichtung S weicht von zumindest einer horizontalen Richtung um höchstens 40°, bevorzugt höchstens 30°, weiter bevorzugt höchstens 15° und noch weiter bevorzugt höchstens 5° ab. Die Stellrichtung S weicht weiterhin um höchstens 40°, bevorzugt höchstens 30°, weiter bevorzugt höchstens 15° und noch weiter bevorzugt höchstens 5° ab von einer Normalrichtung N. Diese Normalrichtung N ist bevorzugt eine Normalrichtung N einer mittleren Flächennormalen eines gesamten in einem insbesondere gesamten Einwirkbereich der zumindest einen ersten Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 liegenden Abschnitts des für bahnförmigen Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportwegs. Die Normalrichtung N der mittleren Flächennormale ist insbesondere bestimmt als ein Mittelwert über alle Richtungen von Flächennormalen von Tangentenebenen an sämtliche im Einwirkbereich der zumindest einen ersten Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 liegenden Flächenelemente des für den Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportwegs. Wenn der Bedruckstoff 02 wie bevorzugt im Wesentlichen vertikal durch den Einwirkbereich der zumindest einen Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 verläuft, ist die Normalrichtung N und/oder die Stellrichtung S somit bevorzugt im Wesentlichen horizontal ausgerichtet.The at least one first energy output device 302; 317 is arranged to be movable along an adjustment path between at least one action position and at least one shut-off position and more preferably two shut-off positions, in particular with respect to an adjustment direction S. The travel path extends over at least 75% of its total distance, preferably over at least 90% of its total distance and more preferably over its entire total distance, continuously in a linear manner and / or counter to the setting direction S. The total distance is the maximum distance that the travel distance between two points can be. The at least one first energy output device 302; 317 is thus arranged to be movable along at least 75%, preferably at least 90% and more preferably completely linear adjustment path in and / or counter to the adjustment direction S between at least one action position and at least one stop position or preferably two different stop positions. The adjustment direction S deviates from at least one horizontal direction by at most 40 °, preferably at most 30 °, more preferably at most 15 ° and even more preferably at most 5 °. The setting direction S also deviates from a normal direction N by at most 40 °, preferably at most 30 °, more preferably at most 15 ° and even more preferably at most 5 °. This normal direction N is preferably a normal direction N of a mean surface normal of an entire, in particular an entire Area of influence of the at least one first energy output device 302; 317 lying section of the transport route provided for web-shaped printing material 02. The normal direction N of the mean surface normal is determined in particular as an average over all directions of Surface normals of tangent planes to all in the area of action of the at least one first energy delivery device 302; 317 surface elements of the transport route provided for printing material 02. If, as is preferred, the printing material 02 extends substantially vertically through the area of action of the at least one energy output device 302; 317, the normal direction N and / or the adjustment direction S is thus preferably oriented essentially horizontally.

Bevorzugt zeichnet sich die Druckmaschine 01 dadurch aus, dass zumindest innerhalb der zumindest einen Trocknereinheit 300 und weiter bevorzugt auch innerhalb des zumindest einen Druckaggregats 200 und noch weiter bevorzugt in weiteren Bereich der Druckmaschine 01 zumindest zeitweise und bevorzugt dauerhaft zumindest ein und bevorzugt genau ein entlang zumindest eines Einziehwegs bewegbares, bevorzugt endloses Einziehmittel zum Einziehen einer Bedruckstoffbahn 02 angeordnet und/oder anordenbar ist. Unter einer Anordnung innerhalb der Trocknereinheit 300 ist dabei insbesondere zu verstehen, dass eine Projektion des zumindest einen Einziehmittels in oder entgegen der axialen Richtung A oder Querrichtung A den Einwirkbereich der zumindest einen Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 schneidet.The printing press 01 is preferably characterized in that at least temporarily and preferably permanently at least one and preferably exactly one along at least within the at least one dryer unit 300 and more preferably also within the at least one printing unit 200 and even more preferably in a further region a retractable, preferably endless, retraction means for retracting a printing material web 02 is arranged and / or can be arranged. An arrangement within the dryer unit 300 is to be understood in particular to mean that a projection of the at least one drawing-in means in or against the axial direction A or transverse direction A extends the area of action of the at least one energy delivery device 302; 317 cuts.

Bevorzugt sind zumindest zwei insbesondere in Bezug auf die Stellrichtung A unterschiedliche Abstellpositionen der zumindest einen ersten Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 vorgesehen, in denen die zumindest eine erste Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 je nach Betriebsart gezielt anordenbar ist. Bevorzugt sind die zumindest zwei vorgesehene Abstellpositionen zusätzlich zu der zumindest einen Einwirkposition vorgesehen. Beispielsweise ist eine der Abstellpositionen eine Einziehposition und/oder ist eine der Abstellpositionen eine Zugangsposition. Die Einziehposition ist bevorzugt dann einzunehmen, wenn ein Einziehen eines Bedruckstoffs 02 durch die zumindest eine Trocknereinheit 300 vorgenommen werden soll. Die Zugangsposition ist bevorzugt einzunehmen, wenn eine Bedienperson Zugang zu einer dem vorgesehenen Transportweg zugewandten Seite der zumindest einen Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 erhalten soll.At least two parking positions of the at least one first energy output device 302, which are different in particular with respect to the setting direction A, are preferred; 317 are provided, in which the at least one first energy output device 302; 317 can be specifically arranged depending on the operating mode. The at least two parking positions provided are preferably provided in addition to the at least one working position. For example, one of the parking positions is a retracted position and / or one of the parking positions is an access position. The pull-in position is preferably to be taken when a printing material 02 is to be pulled in by the at least one dryer unit 300. The access position is preferably to be assumed when an operator has access to a side of the at least one energy output device 302; 317 should receive.

Beispielsweise ist ein kürzester Abstand zwischen der zumindest einen ersten Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 und dem für den Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportweg bei in der Zugangsposition angeordneter erster Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 größer als bei in der Einziehposition angeordneter erster Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317. Insbesondere ist ein kürzester Abstand zwischen der zumindest einen ersten Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 und dem für den Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportweg bei in der Einziehposition angeordneter erster Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 größer als bei in der Einwirkposition angeordneter erster Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317, bevorzugt um zumindest 5 mm, weiter bevorzugt um zumindest 50 mm und noch weiter bevorzugt um zumindest 90 mm und unabhängig davon beispielsweise um höchstens 400 mm. Bevorzugt ist ein kürzester Abstand zwischen der zumindest einen ersten Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 und dem für den Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportweg bei in der Zugangsposition angeordneter erster Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 größer als bei in der Einwirkposition angeordneter erster Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317, bevorzugt um zumindest 450 mm, weiter bevorzugt um zumindest 600 mm und noch weiter bevorzugt um zumindest 700 mm.For example, a shortest distance between the at least one first energy output device 302; 317 and the transport route provided for the printing substrate 02 with the first energy output device 302 arranged in the access position; 317 larger than when the first energy delivery device 302 is arranged in the retracted position; 317. In particular, a shortest distance between the at least one first energy output device 302; 317 and the transport path provided for the printing material 02 with the first energy output device 302 arranged in the retracted position; 317 larger than when the first energy delivery device 302 is arranged in the active position; 317, preferably by at least 5 mm, more preferably by at least 50 mm and even more preferably by at least 90 mm and independently of this, for example by at most 400 mm. A shortest distance between the at least one first energy output device 302 is preferred; 317 and the transport route provided for the printing substrate 02 with the first energy output device 302 arranged in the access position; 317 larger than when the first energy delivery device 302 is arranged in the active position; 317, preferably by at least 450 mm, more preferably by at least 600 mm and even more preferably by at least 700 mm.

Bevorzugt ist entlang des für den Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportwegs nach dem Einwirkbereich der zumindest einen ersten Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 zumindest eine Messwalze 343 und/oder zumindest eine erste Umlenkwalze 347 angeordnet, die bevorzugt von dem für den Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportweg und/oder dem Bedruckstoff 02 umschlungen wird. Bevorzugt ist entlang des für den Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportwegs vor dem Einwirkbereich der zumindest einen ersten Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 zumindest eine erste Zugwalze 344 angeordnet, der zumindest ein eigener Antriebsmotor zugeordnet ist und die bevorzugt von dem für den Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportweg und/oder dem Bedruckstoff 02 umschlungen wird und/oder ist entlang des für den Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportwegs nach dem Einwirkbereich der zumindest einen ersten Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 und/oder nach der zumindest einen Messwalze 343 und/oder nach der zumindest einen ersten Umlenkwalze 347 zumindest eine zweite Zugwalze 303 angeordnet, die bevorzugt von dem für den Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportweg und/oder dem Bedruckstoff 02 umschlungen wird. Bevorzugt ist die zumindest eine zweite Zugwalze 303 und/oder die zumindest eine Messwalze 343 und/oder die zumindest eine erste Umlenkwalze 347 als zumindest eine Kühlwalze 303 ausgebildet.It is preferred along the transport path provided for the printing substrate 02 after the area of action of the at least one first energy output device 302; 317 at least one measuring roller 343 and / or at least one first deflection roller 347 is arranged, which is preferably wrapped around by the transport path provided for the printing material 02 and / or the printing material 02. It is preferred along the transport path provided for the printing substrate 02 in front of the area of action of the at least one first energy output device 302; 317 at least one first pull roller 344 is arranged, which is assigned at least one drive motor of its own, and which is preferably from the transport route provided for the printing material 02 and / or the printing material 02 is wrapped and / or is along the transport path provided for the printing substrate 02 after the area of action of the at least one first energy output device 302; 317 and / or after the at least one measuring roller 343 and / or after the at least one first deflection roller 347, at least one second pull roller 303 is arranged, which is preferably wrapped around by the transport path provided for the printing material 02 and / or the printing material 02. The at least one second pull roller 303 and / or the at least one measuring roller 343 and / or the at least one first deflecting roller 347 is preferably designed as at least one cooling roller 303.

Bevorzugt sind mehrere, beispielsweise zumindest drei, weiter bevorzugt zumindest fünf und noch weiter bevorzugt zumindest neun Anpressrollen 306 jeweils individuell gegen die zumindest eine zweite Zugwalze 303 gepresst angeordnet. Beispielsweise ist jede dieser Anpressrollen 306 an einem eigenen Hebelarm angeordnet, der mittels eines eigenen Kraftelements schwenkbar angeordnet ist. Bevorzugt sind sämtliche solcher Hebelarme um eine gemeinsame Achse schwenkbar angeordnet. Bevorzugt ist entlang es für den Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportwegs nach der zumindest einen Zugwalze 303 zumindest eine zweite Umlenkwalze 348 angeordnet, die bevorzugt von dem für den Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportweg und/oder dem Bedruckstoff 02 umschlungen wird. Beispielsweise ist die zumindest eine zweite Umlenkwalze 348 mit der zumindest einen Bahnleitwalze 257 identisch.Preferably, several, for example at least three, more preferably at least five and even more preferably at least nine pressure rollers 306 are each individually pressed against the at least one second pull roller 303. For example, each of these pressure rollers 306 is arranged on its own lever arm, which is pivotably arranged by means of its own force element. All such lever arms are preferably arranged so as to be pivotable about a common axis. At least one second deflection roller 348 is preferably arranged along the transport path provided for the printing substrate 02 after the at least one pull roller 303, which is preferably wrapped around by the transport path provided for the printing substrate 02 and / or the printing substrate 02. For example, the at least one second deflection roller 348 is identical to the at least one web guide roller 257.

Bevorzugt ist zumindest ein Stellantrieb angeordnet, mittels dem eine Bewegung der zumindest einen Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 entlang des Stellwegs durchführbar ist. Der zumindest eine Stellantrieb ist beispielweise als zumindest ein hydraulischer und/oder als zumindest ein pneumatischer Antrieb ausgebildet. Bevorzugt ist der zumindest eine Stellantrieb als zumindest ein elektrischer Antrieb ausgebildet und/oder weiter bevorzugt zumindest eine Gewindespindel und zumindest eine damit zusammenwirkende Gewindemutter aufweist.At least one actuator is preferably arranged, by means of which a movement of the at least one energy output device 302; 317 can be carried out along the travel path. The at least one actuator is designed, for example, as at least one hydraulic and / or as at least one pneumatic drive. The at least one actuator is preferably designed as at least one electric drive and / or further preferably has at least one threaded spindle and at least one threaded nut interacting with it.

Bevorzugt zeichnet sich die das zumindest eine erste Druckaggregat 200 aufweisende Druckmaschine 01 dadurch aus, dass entlang des für Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportwegs nach dem zumindest einen ersten Druckaggregat 200 die zumindest eine Trocknereinheit 300 mit dem zumindest einen ersten Trockner 301 angeordnet ist, der einen insbesondere als Trocknungsabschnitt ausgebildeten Bereich des für Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportwegs aufweist, der durch den Einwirkbereich des zumindest einen ersten Trockners 301 festgelegt ist. Bevorzugt weist in zumindest der Hälfte und weiter bevorzugt zumindest in 75 % des gesamten Trocknungsabschnitts des für Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportwegs eine für den Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehene Transportrichtung zumindest eine vertikale, bevorzugt nach unten weisende Komponente auf, die größer ist, als jede gegebenenfalls vorhandene horizontale Komponente dieser Transportrichtung.The printing machine 01, which has at least one first printing unit 200, is preferably characterized in that the at least one dryer unit 300 with the at least one first dryer 301 is arranged along the transport path provided for printing substrate 02 after the at least one first printing unit 200, which in particular is a Drying section formed area of the transport path provided for printing substrate 02, which is defined by the area of action of the at least one first dryer 301. Preferably, in at least half and more preferably at least 75% of the entire drying section of the transport path provided for printing substrate 02, a transport direction provided for printing substrate 02 has at least one vertical, preferably downward-pointing component that is larger than any horizontal component that may be present this direction of transport.

Durch eine Rotationsachse der zumindest einen ersten Zugwalze 344 und/oder eine Rotationsachse der zumindest einen zweiten Zugwalze 303 ist bevorzugt die axiale Richtung A oder Querrichtung A festgelegt, insbesondere als zu dieser Rotationsachse parallel Richtung. Die Stellrichtung S der zumindest einen Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 ist bevorzugt linear. Die Stellrichtung S der zumindest einen Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 weicht von der axialen Richtung A oder Querrichtung A um zumindest 50°, bevorzugt zumindest 60°, weiter bevorzugt zumindest 75° und noch weiter bevorzugt zumindest 85° ab. Bevorzugt weicht die Stellrichtung S der zumindest einen Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 insbesondere gleichzeitig von zumindest einer horizontalen Richtung um höchstens 40°, bevorzugt höchstens 30°, weiter bevorzugt höchstens 15° und noch weiter bevorzugt höchstens 5° ab.The axial direction A or transverse direction A is preferably defined by a rotation axis of the at least one first pull roller 344 and / or a rotation axis of the at least one second pull roller 303, in particular as a direction parallel to this axis of rotation. The setting direction S of the at least one energy output device 302; 317 is preferably linear. The setting direction S of the at least one energy output device 302; 317 deviates from the axial direction A or transverse direction A by at least 50 °, preferably at least 60 °, more preferably at least 75 ° and even more preferably at least 85 °. The setting direction S preferably gives way to the at least one energy output device 302; 317 in particular from at least one horizontal direction by at most 40 °, preferably at most 30 °, more preferably at most 15 ° and even more preferably at most 5 °.

Durch die von der zumindest einen Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 abgegebene Strahlung wird bevorzugt Lösungsmittel und/oder Feuchtigkeit aus der Bedruckstoffbahn 02 und/oder aus der darauf angeordneten Druckfluid entfernt und von der Umgebungsluft in einem Innenraum des zumindest einen ersten Trockners 301 aufgenommen. Der Transportweg der Bedruckstoffbahn 02 verläuft durch diesen Innenraum des zumindest einen ersten Trockners 301. Bevorzugt ist zumindest eine Lüftungsvorrichtung im Bereich der zumindest einen Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 angeordnet.By means of the at least one energy output device 302; Radiation emitted is preferably solvent and / or moisture removed from the printing material web 02 and / or from the printing fluid arranged thereon and from the ambient air recorded in an interior of the at least one first dryer 301. The transport path of the printing material web 02 runs through this interior of the at least one first dryer 301. At least one ventilation device in the region of the at least one energy delivery device 302 is preferred; 317 arranged.

Die Lüftungsvorrichtung weist bevorzugt zumindest eine Luftzufuhrleitung 317 und zumindest eine Luftabfuhrleitung 318 auf. Der zumindest eine erste Trockner 301 ist somit neben seiner Ausbildung als Strahlungstrockner 301 ebenfalls als Strömungstrockner 301 ausgebildet. Bevorzugt ist die zumindest eine Luftzufuhrleitung 317 entlang des für Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportwegs zwischen zumindest zwei Luftabfuhrleitungen 318 angeordnet. Beispielsweise weist die zumindest eine Luftzufuhrleitung 317 rohrförmige Abschnitte auf und/oder endet die zumindest eine Luftzufuhrleitung 317 in einem trichterförmigen Endbereich, der eine wesentlich größere Querschnittsfläche aufweist, als andere Abschnitte der zumindest einen Luftzufuhrleitung 317. Beispielsweise weist die zumindest eine Luftabfuhrleitung 318 rohrförmige Abschnitte auf und/oder beginnt die zumindest eine Luftabfuhrleitung 318 in einem trichterförmigen Anfangsbereich, der eine wesentlich größere Querschnittsfläche aufweist, als andere Abschnitte der zumindest einen Luftabfuhrleitung 318.The ventilation device preferably has at least one air supply line 317 and at least one air discharge line 318. In addition to its design as a radiation dryer 301, the at least one first dryer 301 is thus also designed as a flow dryer 301. The at least one air supply line 317 is preferably arranged between at least two air discharge lines 318 along the transport path provided for printing substrate 02. For example, the at least one air supply line 317 has tubular sections and / or the at least one air supply line 317 ends in a funnel-shaped end region which has a substantially larger cross-sectional area than other sections of the at least one air supply line 317. For example, the at least one air discharge line 318 has tubular sections and / or the at least one air discharge line 318 begins in a funnel-shaped initial region which has a substantially larger cross-sectional area than other sections of the at least one air discharge line 318.

Bevorzugt ist die zumindest eine Luftzufuhrleitung 317 zumindest eine Energieabgabeeinrichtung 317 und ist zumindest eine Strahlungsquelle 302 ebenfalls zumindest eine Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302. In diesem Fall weist der zumindest eine Trockner 301 dann zumindest zwei Energieabgabeeinrichtungen 302; 317 auf. Bevorzugt weisen die zumindest eine Luftzufuhrleitung 317 und/oder die zumindest eine Luftabfuhrleitung 318 jeweils zumindest einen flexiblen Bereich auf, mit dem sie mit einer stationären Lufttransporteinrichtung verbunden sind. Bevorzugt ist auf einer der zumindest einen Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 abgewandten Seite des für den Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportwegs zumindest ein Strahlungsschild 346 und/oder zumindest ein Reflektor 346 angeordnet. Bevorzugt ist zumindest ein Wärmetauscher angeordnet, mittels dem Luft, die die zumindest eine Luftabfuhrleitung 318 durchströmt, Energie an diejenige Luft abgeben kann, die die zumindest eine Luftzufuhrleitung 317 durchströmt.The at least one air supply line 317 is preferably at least one energy delivery device 317 and at least one radiation source 302 is likewise at least one energy delivery device 302. In this case, the at least one dryer 301 then has at least two energy delivery devices 302; 317 on. The at least one air supply line 317 and / or the at least one air discharge line 318 preferably each have at least one flexible region to which they are connected to a stationary air transport device. Is preferred on one of the at least one energy output device 302; At least one radiation shield 346 and / or at least one reflector 346 are arranged on the side of the transport path provided for the printing substrate 02 facing away from the 317. At least one heat exchanger is preferably arranged, by means of the air which flows through the at least one air discharge line 318, can release energy to the air which flows through the at least one air supply line 317.

Bevorzugt ist zumindest eine Absperreinrichtung 349 angeordnet, mittels der ein Sicherheitsbereich von einer Umgebung abgetrennt und/oder abtrennbar ist. Der Sicherheitsbereich ist dabei bevorzugt ein solcher Bereich, der zumindest jedes Volumen umfasst, das von der zumindest einen Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302 und gegebenenfalls auch von zumindest einem die zumindest eine Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302 tragenden Trocknergestell 351 während der Bewegungen entlang des Stellwegs eingenommen werden kann. Weiter bevorzugt umfasst der Sicherheitsbereich auch einen größeren Raumbereich. Bevorzugt ist der Sicherheitsbereich von einer Umgebung aus durch zumindest eine verschließbare Öffnung in der Absperreinrichtung 349 betretbar. Diese zumindest eine Öffnung ist bevorzugt mittels einer Verschlusseinrichtung 352, beispielsweise zumindest einer Türe 352 verschließbar. Bevorzugt ist eine Bewegung der zumindest einen Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302 insbesondere aus ihrer Einwirkposition und/oder ihrer Zugangsposition und/oder ihrer Einziehposition heraus nur dann möglich, wenn die zumindest eine Verschlusseinrichtung 352 geschlossen ist und/oder wenn ein außerhalb des Sicherheitsbereichs angeordneter Signalgeber bedient wird. Bevorzugt ist die zumindest eine Verschlusseinrichtung 352 nur zu öffnen, wenn die zumindest eine Energieabgabeeinrichtung in ihrer Zugangsposition angeordnet ist.At least one shut-off device 349 is preferably arranged, by means of which a security area can be separated and / or separated from an environment. The security area is preferably such an area that comprises at least each volume that can be taken up by the at least one energy delivery device 302 and possibly also by at least one dryer frame 351 carrying the at least one energy delivery device 302 during the movements along the travel path. The security area also preferably comprises a larger room area. The security area can preferably be entered from an environment through at least one closable opening in the shut-off device 349. This at least one opening can preferably be closed by means of a locking device 352, for example at least one door 352. Movement of the at least one energy delivery device 302, in particular from its active position and / or its access position and / or its retracted position, is preferably only possible when the at least one closure device 352 is closed and / or when a signal transmitter arranged outside the security area is operated. Preferably, the at least one closure device 352 can only be opened when the at least one energy delivery device is arranged in its access position.

Insbesondere mittels der Druckmaschine 01 ist ein bevorzugtes Verfahren zum Betreiben einer Druckmaschine 01 durchführbar. Dabei handelt es sich um ein Verfahren zum Betreiben der Druckmaschine 01, wobei die Druckmaschine 01 das zumindest eine erste Druckaggregat 200 und die zumindest eine Trocknereinheit 300 aufweist und wobei die zumindest eine Trocknereinheit 300 den zumindest einen ersten Trockner 301 mit zumindest der ersten Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 aufweist. Bevorzugt wird in einem ersten Abstellvorgang die zumindest eine Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 insbesondere mittels des zumindest einen Stellantriebs aus der Einwirkposition in der Stellrichtung S entlang eines linearen Stellwegs um zumindest 5 mm, bevorzugt um zumindest 50 mm und weiter bevorzugt um zumindest 90 mm und unabhängig davon beispielsweise um höchstens 400 mm in die Einziehposition bewegt und dort angehalten. Bevorzugt wird in einem danach stattfindenden Einziehvorgang zumindest ein bahnförmiger Bedruckstoff 02 mittels zumindest eines insbesondere von jedem Bedruckstoff 02 verschiedenen Einziehmittels entlang des für den Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportwegs durch den Einwirkbereich der zumindest einen Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 eingezogen. Weiter bevorzugt wird in einem danach stattfindenden ersten Rückstellvorgang die zumindest eine erste Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 insbesondere mittels des zumindest einen Stellantriebs aus der Einziehposition entgegen der Stellrichtung S entlang des selben linearen Stellwegs in die Einwirkposition zurück bewegt und dort angehalten.A preferred method for operating a printing press 01 can be carried out in particular by means of the printing press 01. This is a method for operating the printing press 01, wherein the printing press 01 has the at least one first printing unit 200 and the at least one dryer unit 300 and the at least one dryer unit 300 the at least one first dryer 301 with at least the first energy output device 302; 317. In a first shutdown process, the at least one energy delivery device 302; 317 in particular by means of the at least one actuator from the active position in the Adjustment direction S along a linear adjustment path by at least 5 mm, preferably by at least 50 mm and further preferably by at least 90 mm and independently of this, for example by a maximum of 400 mm in the retracted position and stopped there. In a subsequent pull-in process, at least one web-shaped printing material 02 is preferred by means of at least one drawing-in means, in particular different from each printing material 02, along the transport path provided for the printing material 02 through the area of action of the at least one energy output device 302; 317 moved in. The at least one first energy output device 302; 317 in particular by means of the at least one actuator from the retracted position against the actuating direction S and moved back along the same linear adjustment path into the active position and stopped there.

Bevorzugt wird zwischen dem ersten Abstellvorgang und einem zweiten Abstellvorgang in zumindest einem Trocknungsvorgang in dem Einwirkbereich der ersten Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 Energie von der zumindest einen ersten Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 auf den zuvor eingezogenen bahnförmigen Bedruckstoff 02 abgegeben. Weiter bevorzugt wird der zuvor eingezogene bahnförmige Bedruckstoff 02 zuvor in dem zumindest einen Druckaggregat 200 zumindest teilweise mit zumindest einem Druckfluid versehen.It is preferred between the first shutdown process and a second shutdown process in at least one drying process in the area of action of the first energy delivery device 302; 317 energy from the at least one first energy output device 302; 317 on the previously drawn web-shaped printing material 02. It is further preferred that the web-shaped printing material 02 previously drawn in is at least partially provided with at least one printing fluid in the at least one printing unit 200.

Bevorzugt wird in einem insbesondere später stattfindenden zweiten Abstellvorgang die zumindest eine erste Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 insbesondere mittels des zumindest einen Stellantriebs aus der Einwirkposition in der insbesondere selben Stellrichtung S entlang des insbesondere selben linearen Stellwegs um zumindest 450 mm, weiter bevorzugt um zumindest 600 mm und noch weiter bevorzugt um zumindest 700 mm in eine von der Einziehposition unterschiedliche Zugangsposition bewegt und dort angehalten. Bevorzugt wird in einem danach stattfindenden ersten Wartungsvorgang zumindest eine Wartungshandlung an der zumindest einen ersten Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 vorgenommen, beispielsweise ein Austausch zumindest eines Strom führenden Bauteils und/oder eine Reinigung eines Bauteils. Weiter bevorzugt wird in einem danach stattfindenden zweiten Rückstellvorgang die zumindest eine erste Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 insbesondere mittels des zumindest einen Stellantriebs aus der Zugangsposition entgegen der Stellrichtung S entlang des selben linearen Stellwegs in die Einwirkposition zurück bewegt und dort angehalten.The at least one first energy output device 302; 317 in particular by means of the at least one actuator from the acting position in the particular same direction S along the in particular the same linear adjustment path by at least 450 mm, more preferably by at least 600 mm and even more preferably by at least 700 mm into an access position different from the retracted position and stopped there. In a first maintenance operation taking place afterwards, at least one maintenance operation on the at least one first is preferred Energy delivery device 302; 317, for example an exchange of at least one current-carrying component and / or cleaning of a component. The at least one first energy output device 302; 317 in particular by means of the at least one actuator drive from the access position against the actuating direction S along the same linear adjustment path back to the active position and stopped there.

Bevorzugt zeichnet sich das Verfahren dadurch aus, dass das zumindest eine Einziehmittel in einem Verbindungsvorgang mittels zumindest eines Verbindungselements mit der zumindest einen Bedruckstoffbahn 02 verbunden wird. Bevorzugt passiert das zumindest eine Verbindungselement eine Druckposition des zumindest einen Druckkopfs 221, während dieser von dem vorgesehenen Transportweg abgestellt und/oder in zumindest einer Ruheposition angeordnet ist und/oder passiert das zumindest eine Verbindungselement während des Einziehvorgangs zumindest einen Zielbereich zumindest einer Düse des zumindest einen Druckkopfs 221 und/oder passiert während des Einziehvorgangs kein Bestandteil des zumindest einen Einziehmittels einen Zielbereich einer Düse des zumindest einen Druckkopfs 221. Bevorzugt passiert das zumindest eine Verbindungselement einen Einwirkbereich der zumindest einen Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 des zumindest einen ersten Trockners 301, während diese sich in einer als Einziehposition ausgebildeten Abstellposition befindet. Bevorzugt passiert während des Einziehvorgangs kein Bestandteil des zumindest einen Einziehmittels den Einwirkbereich der zumindest einen Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317. Bevorzugt kommt nur zumindest ein Einziehmittel zum Einsatz, das auf die axiale Richtung A bezogen auf nur einer Seite des vorgesehenen Transportwegs für Bedruckstoff 02 angeordnet ist und/oder dessen Einziehweg nur auf einer Seite des vorgesehenen Transportwegs für Bedruckstoff 02 verläuft.The method is preferably characterized in that the at least one drawing-in means is connected to the at least one printing substrate web 02 in one connection process by means of at least one connecting element. Preferably, the at least one connecting element passes a printing position of the at least one printhead 221 while it is switched off from the intended transport path and / or is arranged in at least one rest position and / or the at least one connecting element passes at least one target area of at least one nozzle of the at least one during the pulling-in process Printhead 221 and / or during the pulling-in process, no component of the at least one pulling-in means passes a target area of a nozzle of the at least one printhead 221. The at least one connecting element preferably passes a working area of the at least one energy delivery device 302; 317 of the at least one first dryer 301, while this is in a storage position designed as a retracting position. During the pulling-in process, preferably no component of the at least one pulling-in means passes the area of action of the at least one energy delivery device 302; 317. Only at least one drawing-in means is preferably used, which is arranged in relation to the axial direction A on only one side of the intended transport path for printing material 02 and / or whose drawing-in path runs only on one side of the intended transport path for printing material 02.

Nachdem die Bedruckstoffbahn 02 das zumindest eine erste Druckaggregat 200 passiert hat, wird die Bedruckstoffbahn 02 entlang ihres Transportwegs weiter transportiert und bevorzugt dem zumindest einen ersten Trockner 301 der zumindest einen Trocknereinheit 300 zugeführt. Bevorzugt ist ein ein oder mehrere Leit- und/oder Fördermittel umfassender Transportweg für den Bedruckstoff 02 derart stromabwärts der letzten Druckstelle 201 ausgebildet, dass die erste, in dem zumindest einen ersten Druckaggregat 200 bedruckte Seite der Bedruckstoffbahn 02 nach dem Passieren der letzten Druckstelle 201 bis zu dem Einwirkbereich der zumindest einen Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 des zumindest einen ersten Trockners 301 mit keinem Bestandteil der Rollen-Druckmaschine 01, insbesondere mit keinerlei Leit- und/oder Fördermittel in Berührkontakt kommt. Bevorzugt steht die zweite, insbesondere von dem ersten Druckaggregat 200 nicht bedruckte Seite der Bedruckstoffbahn 02 nach dem Passieren der letzten Druckstelle 201 bis zu dem Einwirkbereich der zumindest einen Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302; 317 des zumindest einen ersten Trockners 301 mit zumindest einem Bahnleitmittel 257, beispielsweise zumindest einer Bahnleitwalze 254; 256; 257 und/oder der ersten Zugwalze 344 in Kontakt.After the printing material web 02 has passed the at least one first printing unit 200, the printing material web 02 is transported further along its transport path and preferably fed to the at least one first dryer 301 of the at least one dryer unit 300. A transport path for the printing material 02 comprising one or more guiding and / or conveying means is preferably formed downstream of the last printing point 201 in such a way that the first side of the printing material web 02 printed in the at least one first printing unit 200 after passing the last printing point 201 to to the area of influence of the at least one energy output device 302; 317 of the at least one first dryer 301 does not come into contact with any component of the web printing press 01, in particular with any guidance and / or conveying means. After passing the last printing point 201, the second side of the printing material web 02, which is not printed by the first printing unit 200, preferably stands up to the area of action of the at least one energy output device 302; 317 of the at least one first dryer 301 with at least one web guiding means 257, for example at least one web guiding roller 254; 256; 257 and / or the first pull roller 344 in contact.

Bevorzugt weist eine für den Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehene Transportrichtung in zumindest der Hälfte und weiter bevorzugt in zumindest 75 % des gesamten Trocknungsabschnitts zumindest eine vertikale, bevorzugt nach unten weisende Komponente auf, die größer ist, als jede gegebenenfalls vorhandene horizontale Komponente dieser Transportrichtung. Bevorzugt ist dazu eine motorgetriebene Bahnleitwalze 254 oder Zugwalze 344 angeordnet, die von dem Bedruckstoff 02 und/oder dem vorgesehenen Transportweg mit einem Umschlingungswinkel umschlungen wird, der bevorzugt zumindest 45° beträgt, weiter bevorzugt zumindest 60° und noch weiter bevorzugt zumindest 75°. Diese zumindest eine motorgetriebene Bahnleitwalze 254 oder Zugwalze 344 ist bevorzugt entlang des Bedruckstoffs 02 und/oder entlang des für den Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportwegs nach dem letzten Leitelemente der Druckstrecke 224 und vor dem Einwirkbereich des zumindest einen Trockners 301 angeordnet.A transport direction provided for the printing substrate 02 preferably has at least one vertical, preferably downward-pointing component in at least half and more preferably in at least 75% of the entire drying section, which is larger than any horizontal component of this transport direction that may be present. For this purpose, a motor-driven web guide roller 254 or pull roller 344 is preferably arranged, which is wrapped by the printing material 02 and / or the intended transport path with a wrap angle that is preferably at least 45 °, more preferably at least 60 ° and even more preferably at least 75 °. This at least one motor-driven web guide roller 254 or pull roller 344 is preferably arranged along the printing material 02 and / or along the transport path provided for the printing material 02 after the last guide elements of the printing path 224 and before the area of action of the at least one dryer 301.

Der zumindest eine erste Trockner 301 weist bevorzugt zumindest eine Strahlungsquelle 302 auf, die bevorzugt als Strahlungsquelle 302 für Mikrowellen und/oder für Strahlung im sichtbaren Bereich und/oder im ultravioletten Bereich des elektromagnetischen Spektrums und/oder weiter bevorzugt als Infrarotstrahlungsquelle 302 ausgebildet ist. Der zumindest eine erste Trockner 301 ist bevorzugt als ein Infrarotstrahlungstrockner 301 ausgebildet. Eine Strahlungsquelle 302, bevorzugt Infrarotstrahlungsquelle 302 ist dabei eine Vorrichtung, mittels der gezielt elektrische Energie in Strahlung, bevorzugt Infrarotstrahlung umgewandelt wird und/oder umwandelbar ist und auf die Bedruckstoffbahn 02 gerichtet wird und/oder richtbar ist. Die zumindest eine Strahlungsquelle 302 bildet die zumindest eine Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302. Die zumindest eine Strahlungsquelle 302 weist bevorzugt einen definierten Einwirkbereich auf. Insbesondere ist der Einwirkbereich einer Strahlungsquelle 302 jeweils der Bereich, der alle Punkte enthält, die insbesondere ohne Unterbrechung geradlinig direkt oder über insbesondere dafür vorgesehene Reflektoren mit der Strahlungsquelle 302 verbunden werden können. Der Einwirkbereich des zumindest einen ersten Trockners 301 setzt sich bevorzugt aus den Einwirkbereichen aller Strahlungsquellen 302 des zumindest einen ersten Trockners 301 und/oder aus den Einwirkbereichen aller Luftzufuhrleitungen 317 des zumindest einen ersten Trockners 301 zusammen. Der Einwirkbereich des zumindest einen ersten Trockners 301 weist bevorzugt von der zumindest einen Strahlungsquelle 302 zu einem der zumindest einen Strahlungsquelle 302 nächstgelegenen Teil des Transportwegs der Bedruckstoffbahn 02.The at least one first dryer 301 preferably has at least one radiation source 302, which is preferably designed as a radiation source 302 for microwaves and / or for radiation in the visible range and / or in the ultraviolet range of the electromagnetic spectrum and / or more preferably as an infrared radiation source 302. The at least one first dryer 301 is preferably designed as an infrared radiation dryer 301. A radiation source 302, preferably infrared radiation source 302, is a device by means of which electrical energy is specifically converted into radiation, preferably infrared radiation and / or can be converted and is directed and / or can be directed onto the printing material web 02. The at least one radiation source 302 forms the at least one energy output device 302. The at least one radiation source 302 preferably has a defined area of action. In particular, the area of action of a radiation source 302 is in each case the area which contains all the points which can be connected to the radiation source 302 in a straight line, in particular without interruption, or via reflectors provided in particular for this. The area of action of the at least one first dryer 301 is preferably composed of the areas of action of all radiation sources 302 of the at least one first dryer 301 and / or of the areas of action of all air supply lines 317 of the at least one first dryer 301. The area of action of the at least one first dryer 301 preferably points from the at least one radiation source 302 to a part of the transport path of the printing material web 02 closest to the at least one radiation source 302.

Durch zumindest eine Belüftungsöffnung der zumindest einen Luftzufuhrleitung 317 wird bevorzugt Luft in den Innenraum des zumindest einen ersten Trockners 301 eingeleitet. Im Inneren des ersten Trockners 301 wird dann beispielsweise durch die Infrarotstrahlung aus der Bedruckstoffbahn 02 zu entfernendes Wasser und/oder Lösungsmittel der Druckfarben entfernt und von der eingeleiteten Luft aufgenommen. Diese Luft wird dann durch zumindest eine Entlüftungsöffnung und/oder zumindest eine Luftabfuhrleitung 318 aus dem zumindest einen ersten Trockner 301 abgeführt.Air is preferably introduced into the interior of the at least one first dryer 301 through at least one ventilation opening of the at least one air supply line 317. In the interior of the first dryer 301, water and / or solvents of the printing inks to be removed from the printing material web 02 are then removed, for example, by the infrared radiation and taken up by the introduced air. This air is then discharged from the at least one first dryer 301 through at least one ventilation opening and / or at least one air discharge line 318.

In Transportrichtung der Bedruckstoffbahn 02 nach dem Einwirkbereich der zumindest einen Strahlungsquelle 302 des zumindest einen ersten Trockners 301 ist bevorzugt zumindest eine erste Kühleinrichtung angeordnet. Die zumindest eine erste Kühleinrichtung weist bevorzugt die zumindest eine erste Kühlwalze 303 und bevorzugt einen ersten, an die zumindest eine erste Kühlwalze 303 anstellbaren und/oder angestellten Kühlwalzenpresseur und/oder die zumindest eine und insbesondere mehreren an die zumindest eine erste Kühlwalze 303 anstellbaren und/oder angestellten Anpressrollen 306 auf.At least one first cooling device is preferably arranged in the transport direction of the printing material web 02 after the area of action of the at least one radiation source 302 of the at least one first dryer 301. The at least one first cooling device preferably has the at least one first cooling roller 303 and preferably a first cooling roller press that can be adjusted and / or adjusted to the at least one first cooling roller 303 and / or the at least one and in particular several that can be adjusted and / or to the at least one first cooling roller 303 or employed pressure rollers 306.

Bevorzugt weisen zumindest Teile des zumindest einen Einziehwegs und weist bevorzugt der vollständige Einziehweg auf die axiale Richtung A oder Querrichtung A bezogen zu jedem Zielbereich jeder Düse jedes Druckkopfs 221 dieses zumindest einen Druckaggregats einen Abstand von zumindest 2 cm, weiter bevorzugt zumindest 4 cm, noch weiter bevorzugt zumindest 6 cm und noch weiter bevorzugt zumindest 8 cm auf. Bevorzugt weisen zumindest Teile des Einziehmittels und weiter bevorzugt das vollständige Einziehmittel auf die axiale Richtung A oder Querrichtung A bezogen zu jedem Zielbereich jeder Düse jedes Druckkopfs 221 dieses zumindest einen Druckaggregats 200 einen Abstand von zumindest 2 cm, weiter bevorzugt zumindest 4 cm, noch weiter bevorzugt zumindest 6 cm und noch weiter bevorzugt zumindest 8 cm auf. Insbesondere ist bevorzugt der zumindest eine Einziehweg und/oder das zumindest eine Einziehmittel bezüglich der axialen Richtung A außerhalb der Arbeitsbreite der Druckmaschine 01 angeordnet. Bevorzugt ist der Einziehweg im Bereich des Druckabschnitts 226 des für Bedruckstoff 02 vorgesehenen Transportwegs in genau einer Richtung gekrümmt.Preferably, at least parts of the at least one retraction path and preferably the full retraction path have a distance of at least 2 cm, more preferably at least 4 cm, in relation to each target area of each nozzle of each printhead 221 of this at least one printing unit, in relation to the axial direction A or transverse direction A preferably at least 6 cm and even more preferably at least 8 cm. Preferably, at least parts of the drawing-in means and more preferably the complete drawing-in means have a distance of at least 2 cm, more preferably at least 4 cm, more preferably at least 2 cm, in relation to each target area of each nozzle of each print head 221 of this at least one printing unit 200, in relation to the axial direction A or transverse direction A at least 6 cm and even more preferably at least 8 cm. In particular, the at least one draw-in path and / or the at least one draw-in means is preferably arranged outside the working width of the printing press 01 with respect to the axial direction A. The feed path in the area of the printing section 226 of the transport path provided for printing substrate 02 is preferably curved in exactly one direction.

Bevorzugt ist das Einziehmittel von jeglichem Bedruckstoff 02 verschieden. Beispielsweise ist das zumindest eine Einziehmittel als zumindest ein endloses Einziehmittel ausgebildet, beispielsweise als zumindest ein endloses Einziehband. Das zumindest eine Einziehmittel ist alternativ als zumindest ein endliches Einziehmittel ausgebildet, beispielsweise als endliches Einziehband und/oder als endliche Einziehkette. Bevorzugt ist zumindest ein Einziehantrieb angeordnet, mittels dem das zumindest eine Einziehmittel entlang des zumindest einen Einziehwegs bewegbar angeordnet ist. Beispielsweise im Fall eines endlosen Einziehmittels genügt es, wenn genau ein solcher Einziehantrieb angeordnet ist. Alternativ ist das zumindest eine Einziehmittel endlich ausgebildet. Dann ist bevorzugt zumindest ein Einziehspeicher angeordnet, in dem das zumindest einen Einziehmittel zumindest zeitweise anordenbar ist, insbesondere solange es nicht verwendet wird, um eine Bedruckstoffbahn 02 einzuziehen. In einer alternativen Ausführungsform ist das zumindest eine Einziehmittel als zumindest eine endliche Einziehkette ausgebildet. In dem bevorzugten Fall des zumindest einen endlosen Einziehmittels ist bevorzugt das zumindest eine Einziehmittel zum Einziehen einer Bedruckstoffbahn 02 entlang des vorgesehenen Transportwegs der Bedruckstoffbahn 02 insbesondere dauerhaft entlang seines zumindest einen Einziehwegs innerhalb der Druckmaschine 01 angeordnet.The drawing-in means is preferably different from any printing material 02. For example, the at least one drawing-in means is designed as at least one endless drawing-in means, for example as at least one endless drawing-in belt. The at least one pull-in means is alternatively as at least one finite pull-in means trained, for example as a finite webbing and / or as a finite webbing chain. At least one retraction drive is preferably arranged, by means of which the at least one retraction means is arranged to be movable along the at least one retraction path. For example, in the case of an endless pull-in means, it is sufficient if exactly one such pull-in drive is arranged. Alternatively, the at least one pull-in means is finally formed. Then at least one draw-in store is preferably arranged, in which the at least one draw-in means can be arranged at least temporarily, in particular as long as it is not used to draw in a printing material web 02. In an alternative embodiment, the at least one pull-in means is designed as at least one finite pull-in chain. In the preferred case of the at least one endless drawing-in means, the at least one drawing-in means for drawing in a printing material web 02 along the intended transport path of the printing material web 02 is preferably arranged in particular permanently along its at least one drawing-in path within the printing press 01.

Bevorzugt ist zumindest ein Einziehleitelement angeordnet, mittels dem zumindest ein Einziehweg des zumindest einen Einziehmittels festlegbar und/oder festgelegt ist. Das zumindest eine Einziehleitelement ist beispielsweise als zumindest eine Umlenkrolle ausgebildet. Das zumindest eine Einziehleitelement ist alternativ als zumindest eine Kettenschiene ausgebildet. Bevorzugt ist das zumindest eine Einziehleitelement als zumindest ein rotierbares Einziehleitelement ausgebildet, beispielsweise als zumindest eine Umlenkrolle. Insbesondere eine Kettenschiene kann dabei auch Weichen zur Realisierung unterschiedlicher Einziehwege aufweisen.At least one pull-in guide element is preferably arranged, by means of which at least one pull-in path of the at least one pull-in means can be fixed and / or fixed. The at least one pull-in guide element is designed, for example, as at least one deflection roller. The at least one pull-in guide element is alternatively designed as at least one chain rail. The at least one pull-in guide element is preferably designed as at least one rotatable pull-in guide element, for example as at least one deflection roller. In particular, a chain rail can also have switches for realizing different insertion paths.

Bevorzugt ist das zumindest eine Einziehmittel zum Einziehen einer Bedruckstoffbahn 02 entlang des vorgesehenen Transportwegs der Bedruckstoffbahn 02 insbesondere dauerhaft entlang seines zumindest einen Einziehwegs innerhalb der Druckmaschine 01 angeordnet. Bevorzugt weist das zumindest eine Einziehmittel jeweils zumindest zwei und weiter bevorzugt zumindest fünf vorgesehene Verbindungsstellen auf, an denen zumindest eine Bedruckstoffbahn 02 direkt und/oder über zumindest ein Verbindungselement mit dem zumindest einen Einziehmittel verbindbar ist. Bevorzugt zeichnet sich die Druckmaschine 01 dadurch aus, dass die zumindest zwei Verbindungsstellen auf die axiale Richtung A oder Querrichtung A bezogen ein Abstand von höchstens 10 cm, weiter bevorzugt höchstens 5 cm, noch weiter bevorzugt höchstens 2 cm und noch weiter bevorzugt gar keinen Abstand aufweisen und/oder dass die zumindest zwei Verbindungsstellen entlang des zumindest einen Einziehwegs voneinander beabstandet sind.The at least one drawing-in means for drawing in a printing material web 02 along the intended transport path of the printing material web 02 is preferably arranged in particular permanently along its at least one drawing-in path within the printing press 01. The at least one pulling means preferably has at least two and more preferably at least five provided connection points at which at least one printing material web 02 can be connected directly and / or via at least one connecting element to the at least one drawing-in means. The printing press 01 is preferably distinguished in that the at least two connection points are at a distance of at most 10 cm, more preferably at most 5 cm, still more preferably at most 2 cm and even more preferably not at all, based on the axial direction A or transverse direction A. and / or that the at least two connection points are spaced apart from one another along the at least one pull-in path.

Bevorzugt wird vor einem Einziehen der Bedruckstoffbahn 02 durch das zumindest eine Druckaggregat 200 zumindest ein als Tintenstrahldruckkopf 221 ausgebildeter Druckkopf 221 des zumindest einen Druckaggregats 200 von dem vorgesehenen Transportweg der zumindest einen Bedruckstoffbahn 02 abgestellt. Bevorzugt wird danach in einem Teilvorgang eines Einziehvorgangs zumindest ein Einziehmittel entlang eines Einziehwegs durch das zumindest eine Druckaggregat 200 bewegt und dabei die zumindest eine Bedruckstoffbahn 02 entlang des für die zumindest eine Bedruckstoffbahn 02 vorgesehenen Transportwegs gezogen. Bevorzugt sind der Einziehweg und der Transportweg in einer axialen Richtung A oder Querrichtung A gesehen voneinander beabstandet.Before the printing material web 02 is drawn in by the at least one printing unit 200, at least one printing head 221 of the at least one printing unit 200 designed as an inkjet printing head 221 is preferably switched off from the intended transport path of the at least one printing material web 02. Thereafter, in a sub-process of a drawing-in process, at least one drawing-in means is preferably moved along a drawing-in path through the at least one printing unit 200 and the at least one printing material web 02 is thereby drawn along the transport path provided for the at least one printing material web 02. The pull-in path and the transport path are preferably spaced apart from one another in an axial direction A or transverse direction A.

Entlang des Transportwegs der Bedruckstoffbahn 02 nach einem Auszugspalt und/oder nach einer Wiederbefeuchtungseinrichtung ist zumindest eine Nachbearbeitungsvorrichtung angeordnet, die bevorzugt als ein- oder mehrstufige Falzvorrichtung ausgebildet ist und/oder einen Bogenschneider und/oder eine Planauslage aufweist oder als Aufwickelvorrichtung ausgebildet ist. In dieser und/oder durch diese Nachbearbeitungsvorrichtung wird die Bedruckstoffbahn 02 bevorzugt gefalzt und/oder geschnitten und/oder geheftet und/oder sortiert und/oder kuvertiert und/oder versandt und/oder aufgewickelt.At least one post-processing device is arranged along the transport path of the printing material web 02 after an extraction nip and / or after a rewetting device, which is preferably designed as a single- or multi-stage folding device and / or has a sheet cutter and / or a flat delivery or is designed as a winding device. In this and / or through this post-processing device, the printing material web 02 is preferably folded and / or cut and / or stapled and / or sorted and / or enveloped and / or shipped and / or wound up.

Die Arbeitsbreite der Druckmaschine 01 und/oder des zumindest einen ersten Druckaggregats 200 und/oder eine Breite eines zu bearbeitenden Bedruckstoffs 02 beträgt beispielsweise zumindest 1500 mm, bevorzugt zumindest 2000 mm und weiter bevorzugt zumindest 2500 mm. Durch die angeordneten Leitelemente 241, insbesondere in Verbindung mit den angeordneten inneren Tragelementen 274 und/oder durch die Stellrichtung S der zumindest einen Energieabgabeeinrichtung 302 sind aber noch größere Arbeitsbreiten und/oder Bahnbreiten möglich.The working width of the printing press 01 and / or the at least one first printing unit 200 and / or a width of a printing substrate 02 to be processed is, for example, at least 1500 mm, preferably at least 2000 mm and further preferably at least 2500 mm. However, even larger working widths and / or web widths are possible through the arranged guide elements 241, in particular in connection with the arranged inner support elements 274 and / or through the adjustment direction S of the at least one energy delivery device 302.

BezugszeichenlisteReference list

0101
Druckmaschine, Tintenstrahldruckmaschine, Rollen-Druckmaschine, Rollen-TintenstrahldruckmaschinePrinting machine, ink jet printing machine, roll printing machine, roll ink jet printing machine
0202
Bedruckstoff, BedruckstoffbahnPrinting material, printing material web
200200
Druckaggregat, Tintenstrahldruckaggregat, erstesPrinting unit, inkjet printing unit, first
201201
DruckstellePressure point
211211
AuftragstellePlace of order
221221
Bilderzeugende Einrichtung, DruckkopfImaging equipment, printhead
222222
DruckkopfreihePrint head row
223223
Doppelreihe von DruckköpfenDouble row of printheads
224224
DruckstreckePrinting distance
225225
--
226226
DruckabschnittPrinting section
227227
UmlenkwinkelDeflection angle
228228
Oberfläche, Mantelfläche, Fläche, äußere (241)Surface, lateral surface, surface, outer (241)
229229
Mittelachse (241)Central axis (241)
230230
--
231231
DüsenbalkenNozzle bar
241241
LeitelementGuide element
249249
BedruckstoffführungSubstrate guide
250250
--
251251
Bahnleitmittel, Bahnleitwalze, ersteWeb guiding means, web guiding roller, first
252252
BahnleitwalzeWeb guide roller
253253
Bahnleitmittel, BahnleitwalzeWeb guiding means, web guiding roller
254254
Bahnleitmittel, Bahnleitwalze, zweiteWeb guiding means, web guiding roller, second
255255
--
256256
BahnleitwalzeWeb guide roller
257257
Bahnleitmittel, BahnleitwalzeWeb guiding means, web guiding roller
258258
--
259259
--
260260
--
261261
StützstelleBase
273273
Tragelement, seitlichSupporting element, on the side
274274
Tragelement, innenSupport element, inside
275275
--
276276
TragrahmenSupport frame
277277
Traversetraverse
278278
--
279279
SchwenkvorrichtungSwivel device
280280
--
281281
Schwenkachse, ersteSwivel axis, first
282282
Schwenkachse, zweiteSwivel axis, second
283283
Gestellframe
284284
ZwischengliedPontic
285285
--
286286
Schwenkantrieb, LinearantriebSwivel drive, linear drive
287287
--
288288
--
289289
ReinigungszwischenraumCleaning space
290290
--
291291
WartungsraumMaintenance room
292292
Abschirmeinrichtung, Abschirmfläche, AbschirmblechShielding device, shielding surface, shielding plate
293293
Standhilfe, StandflächeStand help, stand area
300300
TrocknereinheitDryer unit
301301
Trocknungshilfsmittel, Trockner, Infrarotstrahlungstrockner, Strömungstrockner, ersterDrying aids, dryers, infrared radiation dryers, flow dryers, first
302302
Energieabgabeeinrichtung, Strahlungsquelle, InfrarotstrahlungsquelleEnergy delivery device, radiation source, infrared radiation source
303303
Kühlwalze, Zugwalze, zweite,Chill roll, pull roll, second,
304304
--
305305
--
306306
AnpressrollePressure roller
317317
Energieabgabeeinrichtung, LuftzufuhrleitungEnergy delivery device, air supply line
318318
LuftabfuhrleitungAir discharge line
343343
MesswalzeMeasuring roller
344344
Zugwalze, erstePull roller, first
345345
--
346346
Strahlungsschild, ReflektorRadiation shield, reflector
347347
Umlenkwalze, ersteDeflection roller, first
348348
Umlenkwalze, zweiteDeflection roller, second
349349
AbsperreichrichtungBlocking direction
350350
--
351351
TrocknergestellDryer rack
352352
Verschlusseinrichtung, TüreLocking device, door
AA
Richtung, QuerrichtungDirection, cross direction
BB
HauptförderrichtungMain funding direction
T1T1
Transportrichtung, ersteDirection of transport, first
T2T2
Transportrichtung, zweiteDirection of transport, second
SS
StellrichtungSetting direction
NN
NormalrichtungNormal direction

Claims (15)

  1. A printing press (01) having at least one printing assembly (200) and at least one dryer unit (300, wherein the at least one printing assembly (200) has at least one inkjet print head (221) and wherein the at least one dryer unit (300) has at least one first dryer (301) and wherein the at least one first dryer (301) has at least one first energy output device (302; 317) and wherein the at least one first energy output device (302; 317) is arranged such that it can move along an actuating distance between at least one active position and at least one stop position, characterized in that the actuating distance extends in a continuously linear manner in and/or opposite to an actuating direction (S) over at least 75% of its entire length, that the actuating direction (S) deviates from a horizontal direction by a maximum of 40%, that the actuating direction (S) deviates from a normal direction (N) of an average area normal of a portion of a transport path provided for web-type printing substrate (02) lying entirely in an active region of the at least one first energy output device (302; 317) by a maximum of 40%, and that the normal direction (N) of the average area normal is determined as an average over all directions of area normals of tangent planes at all area elements of the transport path provided for the printing substrate (02) in the active region of the at least one first energy output device (302; 317).
  2. The printing press according to Claim 1, characterized in that a threading means for threading a printing substrate web (02) which is movable along at least one threading path is arranged or at least can be arranged at least temporarily at least within the at least one dryer unit (300) .
  3. The printing press according to Claim 1 or 2, characterized in that at least two different stop positions of the at least one first energy output device (302; 317) are provided, in which the at least one first energy output device (302; 317) can be purposefully arranged depending on operation mode and/or that at least two different stop positions of the at least one energy output device (302; 317) in relation to the actuating direction (S) are provided, in which the at least one first energy output device (302; 317) can be purposefully arranged depending on operation mode.
  4. The printing press according to Claim 1 or 2 or 3, characterized in that the at least one dryer (301) is designed as a radiation dryer (301) and/or that the at least one first energy output device (302; 317) is designed as at least one controllable and/or regulatable radiation source (302) and/or that at least one dryer (301) is designed as a flow dryer (301) and/or that the at least one first energy output device (302; 317) is designed as at least one air supply line (317).
  5. The printing press according to Claim 1 or 2 or 3 or 4, characterized in that at least one actuating drive is arranged, by means of which a movement of the at least one energy output device (302; 317) can be achieved along the actuating distance and/or that the actuating distance extends in a continuously linear manner in and/or opposite to an actuating direction (S) over its entire length.
  6. The printing press according to Claim 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5, characterized in that a transport direction provided for the web-type printing substrate (02) in the active region of the at least one first energy output device (302; 317) has a vertical component which points downward.
  7. The printing press according to Claim 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 or 6, characterized in that a transport path provided for printing substrate (02) is specified by the printing assembly (200) by means of at least two guide elements (241) of the printing assembly (200) and that a main conveying direction (B) of the at least one printing assembly (200) upstream of the at least one dryer unit (300) in the case of guiding elements (241) arranged in their working position specified by means of a linear connection between a first guide element (241) of the at least one printing assembly (200) arranged upstream of the at least one dryer unit (300) based on a print section (226) of the transport path provided for the printing substrate (02) and a last guide element (241) of the at least one printing assembly (200) arranged upstream of the at least one dryer unit (300) based on a print section (226) of the transport path provided for the printing substrate (02) has a component pointing upward.
  8. The printing press according to Claim 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 or 6 or 7, characterized in that at least one printing assembly (200) has at least two inkjet print heads (221) by means of which respective application locations for printing fluid are specified and that by means of at least two stationary guide elements (241) of the at least one printing assembly (200) a transport path provided for the printing substrate (02) is specified by the printing assembly (200) and that a print section (226) of the transport path provided for printing substrate (02) begins at a first application location of the printing assembly (200) along this provided transport path and ends at a last application location of the printing assembly (200) along the print section (226) of this provided transport path and that along the print section (226) of this provided transport path at least five stationary guide elements (241) specifying the transport path are arranged one behind the other.
  9. The printing press according to Claim 7 and 8, characterized in that, in the case of guide elements arranged in their maintenance position, the main conveying direction (B) is arranged at an angle of a maximum of 30° to a vertical direction.
  10. The printing press according to Claim 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 or 6 or 7 or 8 or 9, characterized in that the actuating distance is the distance along which the at least one energy output device (302; 317) is moved and/or can be moved.
  11. The printing press according to Claim 7 or 8 or 9 and claim 10, characterized in that along the print section (226) of this provided transport path at least two stationary guide elements (241) specifying the transport path are arranged one behind the other.
  12. The printing press according to Claim 11, characterized in that these at least two guide elements (241) specifying this provided transport path in the region of the print section (226) are pivotably arranged around at least one common pivot axis (281; 282) and/or that these at least two guide elements (241) specifying this provided transport path in the region of the print section (226) are pivotably arranged around at least one common pivot axis (281; 282) in order to move these at least two guide elements (241) between a respective working position and a respective maintenance position.
  13. The printing press according to Claim 7 or 8 or 9 and claim 10 or 11 or 12, characterized in that, with the exception of straight sections, the provided transport path is curved only in one direction from a beginning of the print section (226) in the at least one printing assembly (200) to an end of the active region of the at least one first energy output device (302; 317).
  14. The printing press according to Claim 7 and claim 8 or 9 or 10 or 11 or 12 or 13, characterized in that, when guide elements are arranged in their working position, the main conveying direction is aligned by an angle of at least 10° and a maximum of 70° to a horizontal plane and that the main conveying direction (B) is oriented orthogonally to a transverse direction (A).
  15. The printing press according to Claim 7 or 8 or 9 or 10 or 11 or 12 or 13 or 14, characterized in that the at least one drying unit (300) with the at least one first dryer (301) is arranged along the transport path provided for the printing substrate (02) after the at least one first printing assembly (200), which has a region of the transport path provided for the printing substrate (02) designed as a drying section, which is specified by the active region of the at least one dryer and that in at least half of the total drying section of the transport path provided for the printing substrate (02) a transport direction provided for the printing substrate (02) has at least one vertical component which is larger than any existing horizontal component of this transport direction.
EP16712013.8A 2015-04-23 2016-03-22 Printing machine having at least one printing assembly and at least one dryer unit and a method for operating a printing machine Active EP3286008B1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP19178337.2A EP3569418B1 (en) 2015-04-23 2016-03-22 Method for operating a printing press

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
DE102015207450.1A DE102015207450A1 (en) 2015-04-23 2015-04-23 Printing machine with at least one printing unit and at least one dryer unit and a method for operating a printing press
PCT/EP2016/056184 WO2016169710A1 (en) 2015-04-23 2016-03-22 Printing machine having at least one printing assembly and at least one dryer unit and a method for operating a printing machine

Related Child Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP19178337.2A Division EP3569418B1 (en) 2015-04-23 2016-03-22 Method for operating a printing press
EP19178337.2A Division-Into EP3569418B1 (en) 2015-04-23 2016-03-22 Method for operating a printing press

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
EP3286008A1 EP3286008A1 (en) 2018-02-28
EP3286008B1 true EP3286008B1 (en) 2020-03-11

Family

ID=55637352

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP19178337.2A Active EP3569418B1 (en) 2015-04-23 2016-03-22 Method for operating a printing press
EP16712013.8A Active EP3286008B1 (en) 2015-04-23 2016-03-22 Printing machine having at least one printing assembly and at least one dryer unit and a method for operating a printing machine

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP19178337.2A Active EP3569418B1 (en) 2015-04-23 2016-03-22 Method for operating a printing press

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (1) US10265971B2 (en)
EP (2) EP3569418B1 (en)
CN (1) CN110234511B (en)
DE (1) DE102015207450A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2016169710A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018133976A1 (en) * 2017-01-23 2018-07-26 Koenig & Bauer Ag Printing press

Family Cites Families (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CA2281212A1 (en) * 1998-09-02 2000-03-02 James R. Zolman Printing press drying apparatus and related method
DE19903607A1 (en) 1999-01-29 2000-08-03 Windmoeller & Hoelscher Printer especially flexographic printer has counter pressure cylinder, printing groups in frame, blower movable along guides and carriages
EP1445563A3 (en) * 2003-01-14 2006-12-20 Mantec Engineering S.r.l. Tunnel and support for a printing and/or coupling machine
US7137694B2 (en) * 2003-09-29 2006-11-21 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Ink drying system for printer
WO2005092613A2 (en) * 2004-03-23 2005-10-06 Koenig & Bauer Aktiengesellschaft Printing machines having at least one machine element that can be adjusted by a setting element
US8322047B2 (en) 2007-06-29 2012-12-04 Moore Wallace North America, Inc. System and method for drying a freshly printed medium
DE102007048282A1 (en) * 2007-10-08 2009-04-09 Wifag Maschinenfabrik Ag Rotary printing machine with electron beam dryer
US8376497B2 (en) 2010-12-27 2013-02-19 Xerox Corporation Control system to minimize inadvertent ink jetting
DE102011076899A1 (en) 2011-06-01 2012-12-06 Koenig & Bauer Aktiengesellschaft Rotary printing machine, particularly roll rotary printing machine or inkjet printing machine, comprises printing unit and dryer, where printing unit has central cylinder with separate drive motor arranged at central cylinder
CN103561959B (en) * 2011-06-01 2016-12-14 柯尼格及包尔公开股份有限公司 Printer and the method being used for adjusting band stress
AT512061B1 (en) 2011-10-19 2013-07-15 Durst Phototech Digital Tech INK JET PRINTER AND PRINTING METHOD FOR PRINTING AN IMAGE WITH MATS AND SHINY IMAGE RANGE
DE102012017284A1 (en) * 2012-08-31 2014-03-06 Heidelberger Druckmaschinen Ag Method and device for printing substrate
DE102013208754B4 (en) * 2013-05-13 2018-09-13 Koenig & Bauer Ag Printing machine and a method for drawing a substrate web into a printing unit of a printing press

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
None *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20180229511A1 (en) 2018-08-16
CN110234511A (en) 2019-09-13
US10265971B2 (en) 2019-04-23
EP3286008A1 (en) 2018-02-28
EP3569418A1 (en) 2019-11-20
CN110234511B (en) 2020-07-31
WO2016169710A1 (en) 2016-10-27
EP3569418B1 (en) 2022-01-05
DE102015207450A1 (en) 2016-10-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP2714409B1 (en) Printing machine
DE102013208754B4 (en) Printing machine and a method for drawing a substrate web into a printing unit of a printing press
EP3230187B1 (en) Printing assembly
DE102011076899A1 (en) Rotary printing machine, particularly roll rotary printing machine or inkjet printing machine, comprises printing unit and dryer, where printing unit has central cylinder with separate drive motor arranged at central cylinder
DE102015204980B4 (en) Printing machine with at least one selective dryer
EP3337659B1 (en) Print aggregate
EP3337662B1 (en) Printing aggregate
EP3337661B1 (en) Printing aggregate
EP3337660B1 (en) Print unit and method for arranging at least one suction box in a print unit
EP3286008B1 (en) Printing machine having at least one printing assembly and at least one dryer unit and a method for operating a printing machine
DE102014225204B4 (en) pressure unit
DE102014225208B4 (en) pressure unit
DE102014225210B4 (en) pressure unit
DE102015215718B4 (en) Pressure unit with gas supply and gas extraction
DE102014225202B4 (en) pressure unit
DE102015215716B4 (en) Printing unit
DE102013208753B4 (en) press
DE102015215717A1 (en) pressure unit
DE102015215719A1 (en) Printing unit and a method for arranging at least one suction box in a printing unit

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: THE INTERNATIONAL PUBLICATION HAS BEEN MADE

PUAI Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: REQUEST FOR EXAMINATION WAS MADE

17P Request for examination filed

Effective date: 20170421

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO RS SE SI SK SM TR

AX Request for extension of the european patent

Extension state: BA ME

DAV Request for validation of the european patent (deleted)
DAX Request for extension of the european patent (deleted)
STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: EXAMINATION IS IN PROGRESS

17Q First examination report despatched

Effective date: 20190212

GRAP Despatch of communication of intention to grant a patent

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNIGR1

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: GRANT OF PATENT IS INTENDED

INTG Intention to grant announced

Effective date: 20191008

GRAS Grant fee paid

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNIGR3

GRAA (expected) grant

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009210

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: THE PATENT HAS BEEN GRANTED

RIN1 Information on inventor provided before grant (corrected)

Inventor name: HAECKER, CHRISTOPH

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: B1

Designated state(s): AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO RS SE SI SK SM TR

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: GB

Ref legal event code: FG4D

Free format text: NOT ENGLISH

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: CH

Ref legal event code: EP

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: AT

Ref legal event code: REF

Ref document number: 1242662

Country of ref document: AT

Kind code of ref document: T

Effective date: 20200315

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: IE

Ref legal event code: FG4D

Free format text: LANGUAGE OF EP DOCUMENT: GERMAN

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: R096

Ref document number: 502016009109

Country of ref document: DE

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: NO

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200611

Ref country code: RS

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200311

Ref country code: FI

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200311

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: NL

Ref legal event code: MP

Effective date: 20200311

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: HR

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200311

Ref country code: GR

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200612

Ref country code: SE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200311

Ref country code: LV

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200311

Ref country code: BG

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200611

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: LT

Ref legal event code: MG4D

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: NL

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200311

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: PT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200805

Ref country code: CZ

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200311

Ref country code: SK

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200311

Ref country code: IS

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200711

Ref country code: EE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200311

Ref country code: LT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200311

Ref country code: SM

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200311

Ref country code: RO

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200311

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: R097

Ref document number: 502016009109

Country of ref document: DE

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: BE

Ref legal event code: MM

Effective date: 20200331

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: MC

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200311

Ref country code: LU

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20200322

PLBE No opposition filed within time limit

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009261

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: NO OPPOSITION FILED WITHIN TIME LIMIT

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: IE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20200322

Ref country code: DK

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200311

Ref country code: IT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200311

Ref country code: ES

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200311

26N No opposition filed

Effective date: 20201214

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: PL

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200311

Ref country code: BE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20200331

Ref country code: SI

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200311

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: AT

Ref legal event code: MM01

Ref document number: 1242662

Country of ref document: AT

Kind code of ref document: T

Effective date: 20210322

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: TR

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200311

Ref country code: MT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200311

Ref country code: CY

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200311

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: MK

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200311

Ref country code: AL

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200311

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: AT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20210322

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: FR

Payment date: 20230322

Year of fee payment: 8

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: GB

Payment date: 20230322

Year of fee payment: 8

Ref country code: DE

Payment date: 20230306

Year of fee payment: 8

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: CH

Payment date: 20230401

Year of fee payment: 8

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: DE

Payment date: 20240301

Year of fee payment: 9

Ref country code: GB

Payment date: 20240320

Year of fee payment: 9